artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,397 records of 158,397 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 158,001 – 158,397 of 158,397

Dupain Max and F G Crook-King essays p133 and 154view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Brown Vincent essay p138view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Cilento Margaret essay p143view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Blackman Charles essay p148view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Rootsey Joe essay p165view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Macqueen Kenneth essay p196 etcview full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Annand Douglas essay p213view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Wood Noel essay p217view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Dalgarno Roy essay p222view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Read Arthut Evan essay p226view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Ashworth Olive essay p241view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
McConnell Carl essay p242view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Shillam Kathleen and Leonard essay p248view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Mayo Daphne essay p253view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Molvig Jonessay p257view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Molvig Jonessay p257view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Berriman Stan p130view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Berriman Stan p130view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Carnegie Frances p236view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Chargois Herbert p128-9view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Crooke Ray p225 270-1view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Dunstan Marjorie p234view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Eutrope Stanley W p124-5 127 195view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Harvey Dorothy p237view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Lovelock Gloria p235view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Lancaster Charles H p29 113view full entry
Reference: see Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Martin Ida p239view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Martin Ida p239view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Powell Geoffreyp54 126view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Reydon Cotje p246-7view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Roggenkamp Joy p65 102-3view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Sherrin Frank p203 p12view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Smith Orma p238view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Wieneke James p59 117 211view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Innovative Aboriginal art of Western Australiaview full entry
Reference: Innovative Aboriginal art of Western Australia. Arranged and presented by John E. Stanton.
An excellent survey of what is now more commonly termed transitional (as opposed to innovative) art, including mission drawings (Carrolup School etc.) and works by ‘Butcher’ Joe Nangan, Shane Pickett and other artists.
 
Publishing details: : University of Western Australia, Anthropology Research Museum Board of Management, 1988. Series: University of Western Australia Anthropology Research Museum, Occasional Paper no. 1. Large octavo (245 x 175 mm), pictorial wrappers, stapled; pp. 24; b/w photographic and line-drawn illustrations, map; a

Ref: 1000
Lewis Sara (1865-1926) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 8:
SARA LEWIS (1865-1926)
Hauling the Logs 1895
oil on canvas
signed and dated lower right: Sara Lewis/ 1895
45.5 x 76.5cm

PROVENANCE:
The Artist
Thence by descent

OTHER NOTES:
In the 1950s, a remarkable group of paintings by the little-known artist Sara Lewis came to light when her family uncovered them in a pig shed on their Camperdown farm. Left undisturbed for decades, the works were later cleaned and reframed, allowing the artist's story to re-emerge.
The paintings carry with them not only the vision of the artist but also the provenance of place, rooted in the very property where they were created and hidden away.

Sara Lewis had been a student of Jan Hendrik Scheltema, the Dutch-born artist who arrived in Australia in 1888 and soon became known for his rural landscapes and depictions of livestock. Scheltema, often accompanied by his friend and fellow artist Robert Camm, ran 'en plein air' art classes, travelling to his students' family properties across Victoria's Western District. These excursions turned farms into plein air studios, where students could learn directly from the land around them, paddocks, sheds, animals, and the rhythm of country life.
Her paintings feature livestock and the details of working farms, echoing the themes favoured by Scheltema.

Like many female artists of the period, little is recorded about Lewis in art history, yet the rediscovery of her work on the Camperdown farm brings her voice back into the conversation and reminds us how many stories are hidden. Her paintings, once forgotten, now stand as a rare record of plein-air teaching in regional Victoria, capturing not only the influence of Scheltema and Camm but also the artist's own response to the world around her, a vision that is both personal and firmly grounded in the land where she once lived and painted.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist

and 13: SARA LEWIS (1865-1926) Grazing Cattle 1895 oil on canvas 44.5 x 75cm
Chomley Mary Elizabeth Maud 1872-1960 with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 7:
MARY ELIZABETH MAUD CHOMLEY OBE (1872-1960)
Princes Bridge, Melbourne 1904
watercolour on paper
signed and dated lower left: M. E. . '04
16 x 34cm

PROVENANCE:
The Artist
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Mary Elizabeth Maud Chomley OBE was deeply woven into Melbourne's cultural and civic life at a moment when women were forging new roles in art and society. Raised at the family estate of Dromkeen, she became a founding member of the Victorian Arts and Crafts Society and served as secretary of the First Australian Exhibition of Women's Work in 1907. Both ventures gave female artists and makers greater visibility at a time when professional opportunities were often restricted, and Chomley's advocacy and commitment were central to their success.

Travelling to England in 1914, Chomley was prevented from returning home by the onset of war. She turned to relief work, assisting Belgian refugees, volunteering in hospitals, and helping run a canteen for allied troops in France. In 1916 she became secretary of the Australian Red Cross Prisoners of War Department in London, coordinating vast networks of supplies and correspondence for captured servicemen. Her dedication earned her the affectionate title "angel of prison camps" and in 1918 she was awarded with an OBE.

Following the war, Chomley continued to shape opportunities for women on an international stage. She represented Australia on committees examining women's working conditions and migration and later served as president of the women's section of the British Legion in Surrey. Returning to Melbourne in 1934, she remained active in public life until her death in 1960. Elizabeth Chomley's story is a reminder that the shaping of Australia's cultural history was not only carried out by artists in the studio, but also by women whose advocacy and service helped define the world in which art could flourish.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist
Whiting Ada 1859-1953 with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 6:
ADA WHITING (1859-1953)
Portrait 1903
watercolour and gouache on ivory, in a Willis & Sons 9ct gold pendant
accompanied by the original fitted presentation case
initialled and dated lower left: AW./ 03.
3cm (tondo)

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Victoria
Thence by descent

OTHER NOTES:
Ada Whiting came to miniature painting comparatively late, producing her first portrait at the age of forty. Just two years later, in 1900 two of her miniatures were accepted for exhibition at the Royal Academy in London, a rare honour from an Australian at the time. Soon afterwards, the National Gallery of New South Wales (not the Art Gallery of New South Wales) exhibited a group of her portraits, and in 1905 acquired three for its collection.

From her Collins Street studio in Melbourne, Whiting became widely admired for the clarity of her likeness and the delicate colouring of her watercolours on ivory. Newspapers frequently remarked on the swiftness of her execution, noting that she could finish a portrait "in two or three settings with little loss of likeness," a skill that secured her a steady stream of commissions from prominent families and public figures.

Among her most loyal patrons was Dame Nellie Melba, who also became a close friend. Melba urged Whiting to take her career abroad, but she chose to instead remain in Australia, working well into her nineties. As her eyesight failed, she turned from portraiture to still lifes, continuing to paint with the same quiet determination.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist

Buxton Jessamine (1894-1966) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 11:
JESSAMINE BUXTON (1894-1966)
Still Life, The Glass Cheese Dish c.1928
oil on canvas
artist's name and title inscribed on exhibition label verso
57.5 x 65.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent

EXHIBITIONS:
Autumn Exhibition, Royal South Australian Society of Arts Gallery, Adelaide, 26 April - 12 May 1928, cat. no. 2 (label verso)

LITERATURE:
Society of Arts - The Autumn Exhibition, The Advertiser, Adelaide, 26 April 1928, p. 7

OTHER NOTES:
To mention the extent of Jessamine Buxton's art activities is not to make them a phenomenon, for versatility was marked characteristic of all these forgotten women artists.(1)
Born in Adelaide in 1894, Buxton trained at the South Australian School of Art, where her artistic achievements brough her the offer of a travelling scholarship but her father's strict care for his young daughter forbade her to accept it.(2) Buxton instead remained in Adelaide and devoted herself to painting, modelling sculptures and to teaching.(3)

In 1920 she joined the staff of the South Australian School of Arts and Crafts, first teaching clay and plaster modelling before succeeding Elizabeth Armstrong as instructor of still life painting in 1930. She remained at the school until her retirement in 1954, balancing her teaching with regular exhibitions at the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, where she was recognised for both painting and sculpture.

Shown in the 1928 Autumn Exhibition, 'Still Life, The Glass Cheese Dish' reflects Buxton's refined still life practice, where clarity of form and quiet observation reveals her enduring commitment to the genre.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist

Boyd Emma Minnie (1858-1936) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 30:
EMMA MINNIE BOYD (1858-1936)
Children at Sandringham c.1897
oil on canvas
80 x 147cm

PROVENANCE:
The Artist
The Artist's Family, thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne, acquired from the above 1945
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent

LITERATURE:
Hammond, V., and Peers, J., Completing the Picture: Women Artists of the Heidelberg Era, Artmoves, Melbourne, 1992, p. 8 (illus.)

OTHER NOTES:
Emma Minnie Boyd's name is most often recalled as the matriarch of one of Australia's great artistic dynasties, yet she was herself a painter of considerable talent and recognition in her own time. Born into the prominent a'Beckett family, she grew up within an environment of wealth and social standing that afforded her opportunities to cultivate artistic training rarely available to women of her generation. Trained at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, she developed a practice that encompassed landscapes, portraits and interiors, balancing technical discipline with a sensitivity to the subtleties of domestic life and atmosphere.

'Children at Sandringham' c.1897, carries a provenance that links it directly to Boyd's domestic world. The painting remained at 5 Edward Street, Sandringham, where she lived with her husband from the 1920s until her death in 1936. The house, long a gathering place for generations of the Boyd family, was sold out of the family in the 1940s, at which time the painting passed to the vendors' grandparents. Within her oeuvre, 'Children at Sandringham' stands out as one of the largest recorded paintings, offering valuable insight into the scale and ambition of Boyd's practice. Though incomplete, the work nonetheless demonstrates her command of tone and atmosphere. Its survival within this context underscores the close relationship between her painting practice and the home life that so often shaped her subjects.

She pursued her studies first at Madame Pfund's before entering the Gallery School in 1876, returning for further study throughout the 1880s. At just seventeen she produced 'Interior Figures, The Grange' 1875 (in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria), an early demonstration of her technical skill and her inclination toward subjects rooted in the home.

In 1886 she married fellow artist Arthur Merric Boyd, with whom she shared a lifelong devotion to art. Their home life became interwoven with their creative work, and while the responsibilities of family inevitably shaped her career, Emma Minnie remained committed to painting throughout her life. Her works were often noted for their ability to transform modest, everyday subjects into scenes of resonance and depth. Teaching also became part of her practice, providing both financial support and further embedding her within Melbourne's artistic circles.

Even as later generations of her family shaped the course of modernism, Emma Minnie Boyd's own achievements deserve renewed recognition. Her academic training, her lifelong dedication to painting, and the intimate provenance of works such as 'Children at Sandringham' reveal the foundations upon which the Boyd family's artistic reputation was built.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist
Williams Mabel (1896-1980) with brief biograohy view full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 48:
MABEL WILLIAMS (1896-1980)
Sea-Side (Semi Abstract)
gouache on paper
signed lower right: M Williams
artist's name and title inscribed on unknown label verso
19.5 x 25.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Eastgate Galleries, Melbourne
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Mabel Williams' long and multifaceted career reflected a deep engagement with both modernist practice and the artistic community around her. Born in Adelaide, she studied at the South Australian School of Art and first gained recognition through her contributions to the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, exhibiting from 1916 to 1918.

By the late 1940s, Williams had moved to Melbourne and become a student of George Bell, with whom she studied with from 1948 to 1954. As Allan McCulloch observed, "the qualities that give her work identity are lightness and soft colour, combined with firm cubist structure, all carefully considered elements in the pattern of George Bell's teaching and philosophy."

Williams exhibited regularly with the Melbourne Contemporary Artists, serving as its president from 1959 until its dissolution in 1965. She was a passionate advocate for artists, playing a key role in establishing the Argus Gallery in Melbourne and chairing the Red Cross Picture Library sub-committee for six years. Her leadership and advocacy positioned her as a significant figure within Melbourne's mid-century art circles.
After her death, in a 1981 memorial exhibition catalogue, McCulloch described her as "a woman who loved art and artists, and was herself a painter of great sensitivity."

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist
Wahlers Chrisma c1886-1952 with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 49:
CHRISMA WAHLERS (c.1886-1952)
A Windmill in Kent c.1950
oil on canvas
in the original John Thallon frame (partial label verso)
signed lower right: CHRISMA/ WAHLERS
signed and titled verso
45 x 40cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent

EXHIBITIONS:
(possibly) Chrisma Wahlers, Book Club Gallery, Melbourne, 13 - 23 June 1950

OTHER NOTES:
Chrisma Wahlers was a longstanding member of the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors, exhibiting regularly alongside Dora Wilson, Janet Cumbrae-Stewart, and A.M.E. Bale. Working primarily in oils, her paintings were described by art critic George Bell as a "thoughtful organisation of subject matter"(1), highlighting her considered approach to composition. Though her name is less prominent in the broader cannon of Australian art, she played an active role in the cultural life of Melbourne, contributing to exhibitions and community efforts including the 1940s Red Cross War Appeal.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist
Tuomy Fabiola (1875-1967) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 74:
FABIOLA TUOMY (1875-1967)
Vase of Roses
pastel on paper laid on board
signed lower left: Fabiola Tuomy
44 x 62cm

PROVENANCE:
The Artist
Thence by descent

OTHER NOTES:
Fabiola Tuomy trained under E. Phillips Fox and Tudor St. George Tucker at Charterisville, where she absorbed impressionist principles and the practices of working directly from nature. She exhibited regularly alongside fellow artists such as Jane Sutherland, A.M.E. Bale, Bertha Merfield, Ina Gregory, and May Vale at the Victorian Artists Society.
Yet despite her active career, Fabiola Tuomy's name was later overshadowed, a reminder of how many women artists were forgotten in the broader story of Australian art.
Gregory Ina (1874-1964) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 76:
INA GREGORY (1874-1964)
Floral Study
oil on board
signed lower right: I Gregory
19.5 x 45.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Ina Gregory was among the circle of young artists who gathered at Charterisville in the 1890s, where the emphasis on light and colour shaped her vision as a painter. Under the guidance of E. Phillips Fox and Tudor St. George Tucker, she embraced the practice of working en plein air, cultivating a sensitivity to fleeting atmosphere and the shifting tones of the Australian landscape.

Jones Marion (c.1897-1977) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: Marion Jones Portraits, Anthony Horden's Fine Art Gallery, Sydney, 21 July - 8 August 1925. Reviewd: Marion Jones Portraits, The Daily Telegraph, Sydney, 18 July, 1925, p. 18; Miss Marion Jones's Portraits, The Sydney Morning Herald, Sydney, 18 July 1925, p. 11
Publishing details: Anthony Horden's Fine Art Gallery, Sydney, 1925
Thompson Roma (1919-2020) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 82:
ROMA THOMPSON (1919-2020)
Geometric Composition I 1980
oil on canvasboard
signed lower left: R. Thompson
title and date inscribed verso
34 x 27cm

PROVENANCE:
The Artist
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Growing up in Bayside Melbourne in the early 1920s, Roma Thompson developed ardour for patterns and textures in art, with the abundant natural backdrop of Mentone serving as her inspiration like many artists before her. Attending formal training at the Melbourne Technical College as a teenager, the painter, graphic artist and fabric designer exhibited very early in her career with collectives such as the George Bell Group and Melbourne Contemporary Art Society. Exploring geometric design and Australian motifs in all facets of her practice, including textile design, printmaking and painting, Roma went on to teach within the RMIT art department in 1945.

Chapman Dora (1911-1995) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 84:
DORA CHAPMAN (1911-1995)
Stipa 1970
screenprint, ed. 13/58
signed and dated lower right: 1970 Dora Chapman
titled and editioned lower left
28 x 22.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Adelaide

OTHER NOTES:
RELATED WORK:
Dora Chapman, Study for the Girl with the Long Nose 1969, gouache and pencil on paper, 40.2 x 28.6cm, in the collection of the Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide.

Other examples of this print are held in the collections of the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra; and Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide.

Dora Chapman was a significant South Australian artist and educator whose achievement in screenprinting deserves renewed recognition. Trained at the South Australian School of Art, she first excelled in portraiture and landscape before adopting a modernist vocabulary. After her marriage in 1944 to fellow artist James Cant, she often placed his career ahead of her own, a circumstance that contributed to her later under recognition.

It was during the 1970s that Chapman created her most distinctive body of work. Turning to hard-edge abstraction and screenprinting, she developed a clear independent voice, producing images full of colour and design. The precision required by screenprinting suited her disciplined approach, resulting in works that stood apart from both her earlier realism and Cant's style.

Examples of her work from this period, including the Head series, are represented in the Art Gallery of South Australia and other national collections. They affirm Chapman's place as a significant figure in twentieth-century Australian art - an artist long overshadowed by her husband, yet whose artworks stand as important contributions in their own right.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist
SKLOVSKY CELIA MARGARET A'BECKETT (1915-2004) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot
CELIA MARGARET A'BECKETT SKLOVSKY (1915-2004)
Portrait of Artist Anne Graham 1967
oil on board
signed lower left: Sklovsky 67
84 x 60cm
PROVENANCE:
The Collection of Anne Marie Graham
Private collection, Melbourne
Waller Christian nee Yandell ) (1894-1954) with brief biograohy
view full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 89:
CHRISTIAN WALLER (NÉE YANDELL) (1894-1954)
The Great Breath: A Book of Seven Designs 1932
complete suite of linocuts (7), ed. 31/150
in the original three-fold portfolio covered in green fabric with gold paint additions, bound with green and gold cord
signed on justification page: Christian Waller
published by The Golden Arrow Press, Melbourne
32 x 13.5cm (image, each); 43 x 25cm (sheet, each); 44 x 26cm (portfolio, folded)

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent

EXHIBITIONS:
Project 39 - Women's Imprint 1982, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 1 - 31 October 1982 (another example)
Spirit and Place: Art in Australia 1861-1996, Museum of Contemporary Art, Sydney, 21 November 1996 - 31 March 1997 (another example)
Australian Prints from the Gallery's Collection 1998-1999, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 6 November 1998 - 7 February 1999 (another example)

LITERATURE:
Deutscher, C., and Butler, R., A Survey of Australian Relief Prints 1900-1950, Deutscher Galleries, Melbourne,1978, cat. no. 38-39, pp. 24-25 (illus., another example)
Mellick, R., and Waterlow, N., Spirit and Place: Art in Australia 1861-1996, Museum of Contemporary Art, Sydney, 1996, pp. 132-133, 151 (illus., another example)
Grant, K., In Relief: Australian Wood Engravings, Woodcuts and Linocuts, National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, 1997, p. 34 (illus., another example)
Kolenberg, H., and Ryan, A., Australian Prints from the Gallery's Collection, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 1998, cat. no. 63, pp. 74-75 (illus., another example)

OTHER NOTES:
Other examples of this portfolio are held in the collections of the Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney; Queensland Art Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane; Castlemaine Art Museum, Victoria; National Library of Australia, Canberra; and National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne.

"The production of 'The Great Breath' was entirely undertaken by Waller; all aspects from the cutting and printing of the linoblocks to the manufacture of the distinctive gold-painted emerald green cover was done by hand. She printed the blocks on her 1849 hand-press in her studio at Ivanhoe, each book taking about four days to make, hand-bound with green cord. Although it was intended to produce an edition of 150, it seems only about 30 were made, with some unbound impressions extant, usually untrimmed. Each consisted of a title page, colophon, contents page and seven linocut designs. The images were printed in solid black on white translucent tracing paper, trimmed and tipped onto the cream pages. The books were not numbered sequentially, but rather in relation to the numerology of the buyer."
(Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney)

Dennis Margery (1922-1996) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 106:
MARGERY DENNIS (1922-1996)
Clunes, Victoria 2 1983
oil on board
signed lower right: MARGERY DENNIS
artist's name, title and date on gallery label verso
44.5 x 59.5cm

PROVENANCE:
Bloomfield Galleries, Sydney (label verso)
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Margery Dennis was an Australian painter recognised for her considered approach to still life, interiors and landscape. Working within Melbourne's progressive artistic circles, she developed a modernist style defined by compositional clarity, a restrained palette and quiet lyricism. Though her contribution has often been overlooked, Dennis exhibited consistently throughout her career and played a role in the development of mid-century modernism in Melbourne. Her paintings stand as thoughtful examples of the refinement and sensitivity brought to the movement by women artists of her generation.

Maltby Peg 1899-1984 with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 104:
PEG MALTBY (1899-1984)
Old Woman who Lived in a Shoe
watercolour and ink on paper
signed lower right: P. Maltby
40 x 25.5cm (sheet, reveal)

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Peg Maltby brought to life a world of whimsy and wonder through her enchanting illustrations and storytelling. Born in England and later settling in Australia, she became best known for her richly detailed depictions of fairies, woodland creatures, and botanical fantasy. Her books, 'Peg's Fairy Book' and the 'Nuttybub and Nittersing' series captured the imaginations of generations, blending the charm of English fairy lore with a distinctly Australian setting. With delicate linework and gentle palette, Maltby created immersive scenes that felt both nostalgic and otherworldly, securing her place as a beloved figure in the history of Australian children's illustration.

Haim-Wentcher Tina 1887-1974 with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 119:
TINA HAIM-WENTCHER (German/Australian, 1887-1974)
Balinese Figure c.1954
earthenware
initialled lower right: T/W
date inscribed on unknown label at base
21 x 13 x 5cm (including base)

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Tina Haim-Wentcher remains a rare and significant figure whose artistic journey from Constantinople to Australia deeply shaped her unique style. She began training at a private art school in Istanbul, where she developed a strong foundation in classical traditions. Her practice was further refined in Paris, and received notable recognition from Auguste Rodin, affirming her growing talent. Whilst exhibiting her works were acquired by numerous esteemed galleries and museums in Berlin, including a bust of the artist and sculptor Käthe Kollwitz to the Staatliche Museen zu Berlin.

In 1931 Tina and her husband, painter Julius Wentscher, travelled in the Far East. Social and artistic success, followed by warnings about the worsening position of World War II, convinced the Wentscher's to postpone their return to Berlin. They held exhibitions, collected curios and accepted commissions in Indonesia, China, Thailand, Singapore and Malaysia. Their works were bought for public and private collections but many did not survive World War II.

In 1940, Tina and Julius sought refuge in Australia, settling in Melbourne. Tina adapted quickly to her new life and joined the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors. Despite her eminence among early modernist sculptors, Tina never developed as an artist beyond what she had achieved in her Asian works, which was radical to Australian eyes. Her commissions in Australia were generally small-scale plaques and busts. Unlike male modernist sculptors, she did not receive public recognition, though she found many advocates among her peers.

Childless and predeceased by her husband, Tina died 1974 at 87 years of age. The Association of Sculptors of Victoria named a prize in her memory and examples of her works are represented in numerous major institutions across Australia. In 2017 the McClelland Gallery and Sculpture Park celebrated Tina's life with an exhibition of her works.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist

Wentcher Tina see also Haim-Wentcher Tina 1887-1974view full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 119:
TINA HAIM-WENTCHER (German/Australian, 1887-1974)
Balinese Figure c.1954
earthenware
initialled lower right: T/W
date inscribed on unknown label at base
21 x 13 x 5cm (including base)

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne

OTHER NOTES:
Tina Haim-Wentcher remains a rare and significant figure whose artistic journey from Constantinople to Australia deeply shaped her unique style. She began training at a private art school in Istanbul, where she developed a strong foundation in classical traditions. Her practice was further refined in Paris, and received notable recognition from Auguste Rodin, affirming her growing talent. Whilst exhibiting her works were acquired by numerous esteemed galleries and museums in Berlin, including a bust of the artist and sculptor Käthe Kollwitz to the Staatliche Museen zu Berlin.

In 1931 Tina and her husband, painter Julius Wentscher, travelled in the Far East. Social and artistic success, followed by warnings about the worsening position of World War II, convinced the Wentscher's to postpone their return to Berlin. They held exhibitions, collected curios and accepted commissions in Indonesia, China, Thailand, Singapore and Malaysia. Their works were bought for public and private collections but many did not survive World War II.

In 1940, Tina and Julius sought refuge in Australia, settling in Melbourne. Tina adapted quickly to her new life and joined the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors. Despite her eminence among early modernist sculptors, Tina never developed as an artist beyond what she had achieved in her Asian works, which was radical to Australian eyes. Her commissions in Australia were generally small-scale plaques and busts. Unlike male modernist sculptors, she did not receive public recognition, though she found many advocates among her peers.

Childless and predeceased by her husband, Tina died 1974 at 87 years of age. The Association of Sculptors of Victoria named a prize in her memory and examples of her works are represented in numerous major institutions across Australia. In 2017 the McClelland Gallery and Sculpture Park celebrated Tina's life with an exhibition of her works.

Hannah Ryan
Senior Art Specialist

Wilson Dora L (1883-1946) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 126:
DORA L. WILSON (1883-1946)
Miss Mabel Cramer
pastel on paper
signed lower left: - DORA L. WILSON -
47 x 36cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Victoria

OTHER NOTES:
Miss Mabel Cramer was born in the Lake Eyre region to a British Army officer and an Indigenous woman. Following the death of her mother during an epidemic at the age of two, she was placed under the guardianship of a local Aboriginal family, where she received both care and formal schooling. She entered domestic service as a young woman, and secured employment with prominent households, including the Lansell family of Bendigo, and later served as a chef for Dame Nellie Melba.

Moran Patricia (1944-2017) with brief biograohyview full entry
Reference: see Joels Women Artists auction, 22.9.2025, lot 127:
PATRICIA MORAN (1944-2017)
Opposites Attract, Still Life
oil on canvas
signed lower right: P. Moran
60 x 70cm

PROVENANCE:
The Artist
Thence by descent

OTHER NOTES:
Patricia Moran was a Melbourne based painter, teacher, and writer, known for her detailed floral oil paintings and commitment to art education. She was in her thirties when she finally followed a life-long dream to study painting full time. Later she became a member of the Australian Guild of Realist Artists and a tutor at the Victorian Artists Society in the 1980s.
Badham Herbert (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Stewart Janet Cumbrae (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Coppersmith Yvette (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Ramsay Hugh (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Amor Rick (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bezor Annette (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bock Thomas (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Wainewright Thomas Griffiths (nude painting illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Wheeler Charles (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Henson Bill (nude illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Streeton Arthur (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Roberts Tom (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Richardson Chjarles Douglas(nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Wilson Dora (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Lambert George W (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Mackennal Bertram (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Trindall Gordon Lyall (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Parker Harold (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Alston Abby (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Watkins J S (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bunny Rupert (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Fox E Phillips (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Hall Lindsay Bernard (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Reynell Gladys (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Frater William (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Robertshaw Freda (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Meere Charles (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bell George (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Shore Arnold (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Fletcher Marjorie (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Hoff Rayner( nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Fletcher Marjorie (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Broome-Norton Jean (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Tribe Barbara (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Hinder Margel (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Dadswell Lyndon (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Fleischmann Arthur (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Crowley Grace (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bowen Stella (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Fizelle Rah (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Black Dorrit( nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Wilson Eric (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Blumann Elise (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Heysen Nora (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Murch Arthur (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Colahan Colin (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Hele Ivor (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bostock Cecil (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Dupain Max (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Le Guay Laurence (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
O’Brien Justin (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Thornhill Dorothy (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bryans Lina (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Dobell William (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Drysdale Russell (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Olley Margaret (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Tucker Albert (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Madigan Rosemary (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Shead Garry (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Miller Godfrey (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Boyd Guy (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Gleeson James (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Brack John (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Whiteley Brett (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Blackman Charles (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Pugh Clifton (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Baldessin George (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Armstrong Ian (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Warren David (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Dunlop Brian (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Boissevain William (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Rowland Bruce (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Cyrulla Dagmar (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Flint Prudence (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Sharpe Wendy (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Rodgerson Jenny (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Wegner Peter (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Hannaford Robert (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Churcher Peter (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Powditch Peter (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Miller Lewis (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
MacFarlane Stewart (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Malherbe Robert (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Drendel Graeme (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Bass Tom (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Snape Michael (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Shillam Leonard (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Hall Clara (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Ladyman John (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Miles Dale (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Hyatt Peter (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Browell Anthony (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Friend Donald (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Wrest-Smith Christine (nude art work illustrated)view full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940view full entry
Reference: Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Modern artview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Muntz-Adams Josephine essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Fuller Florence essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Teague Violet essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Preston Margaret and Bessie Davidson essays onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Davidson Bessie and Margaret Preston essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Stewart Cumbrae Janet essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Goodsir Agnes essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Kong Sing Justine essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Rodway Florence essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Rae Iso essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Carrick Ethel essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Hodgkins Frances essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Nicholas Hilda Rix essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Smith Grace Cossington essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Proctor Thea essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Chapman Evelyn essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Collier Edith essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Reynell Gladys and Margaret Preston essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Mirmande essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Crowley Grace essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Mercer Mary Cockburn essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

O’Connor Kathleen essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Stewart Helen essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Mayo Eileen essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Black Dorrit essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Dangar Anne essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Moly-Sabata essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Rehfisch Alison essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

sculpture by women essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Cohn Ola essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Bowen Stella essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Blumann Elise essay onview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Allport C L1860-1949 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Applketon Jean 1911-2003 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Baker Christine Asquith 1868-1960 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Benson Eva 1875-1949 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Edwell Bernice 1880-1962 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Gibson Bessie 1868-1961 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Heysen Nora short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Lange Eleanor 1893-1990 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Marks Stella Lewis 1887-1985 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Mayo Daphne 1887-1985 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Meeson Dora 1869-1955 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Tait Bess Norris 1878-1939 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Ohlsen Dora 1869-1948 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Harrison Eleanor Ritchie 1854-1895 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Simpson Norah 1896-1974 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Sherwood Maud 1880-1956 short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Spowers Ethel short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Syme Evelyn short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Traill Jesse short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Tribe Barbara short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Tuck Marie short biographyview full entry
Reference: see Dangerously modern : Australian women artists in Europe 1890-1940, edited by Elle Freak, Tracey Lock, Wayne Tunnicliffe. Includes bibliographical references and index.
"Held on the fiftieth anniversary of International Women's Year, this exhibition and its accompanying publication explore the art and the lives of fifty trailblazing women artists. Their remarkable achievements in both Australia and Europe are revealed and examined within the context of international modernism."--Summary. Co-published by The Art Gallery of New South Wales and the Art Gallery of South Australia in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name. AGSA: 24 May - 7 September 2025. AGNSW: 11 October 2025 - 1 February 2026.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales and Art Gallery of South Australia, 2025, hc, 359 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)

Transformationsview full entry
Reference: see Transformations: Harriet and Helena Scott, colonial Sydney’s finest natural history painters by Vanessa Finney. [’The fascinating story of the Scott sisters, who transformed nature into art in their extraordinary paintings of butterflies and moths, is told here for the first time.
With their collecting boxes, notebooks and paintbrushes, Harriet and Helena Scott entered the masculine worlds of science and art and became two of nineteenth-century Australia’s most prominent natural history painters.

Transformations tells the complete story of the Scott sisters for the first time – their early lives in colonial Sydney, their training as naturalists and artists on the isolated Ash Island in the Hunter River near Newcastle, and their professional triumphs. This is a rare pictorial record of two talented and determined women who transformed nature into art in their extraordinary paintings of Australian butterflies and moths.’]
Publishing details: New South, 2018, 220pp
Roberts Heraview full entry
Reference: see Making Australian art 1916-49 : Sydney Ure Smith, patron and publisher, by Nancy D.H. Underhill. Includes index. Bibliography: p. [272]-301.
Publishing details: South Melbourne : Oxford University Press, c1991
viii, 311 p. : ill., ports.
Smith Sydney Ureview full entry
Reference: see Making Australian art 1916-49 : Sydney Ure Smith, patron and publisher, by Nancy D.H. Underhill. Includes index. Bibliography: p. [272]-301.
Publishing details: South Melbourne : Oxford University Press, c1991
viii, 311 p. : ill., ports.
Bookplatesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Book collectorsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Book collectorsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Thomson Annview full entry
Reference: Anne Thomson - The Last 25 Years, exhibition at Charles Nodrum Gallery,
20 September - 11 October, 2025.
For Ann Thomson the last few years have been busy: a retrospective exhibition curated by Terence Maloon for the SH Ervin Gallery in Sydney which toured to Orange Regional Gallery; solo exhibitions at Defiance Gallery and Clayton Utz in Sydney, Mike Mitchell Gallery in Brisbane, John Messum in London (and forthcoming in New York); Artsy featuring her alongside Louise Bourgeois in “9 Overlooked Women Artists in Their Nineties”; Podcasts (Art Wank episode 220); and gracing the cover of Artist Profile Magazine. Amongst all this, she’s still found the time and energy to swim almost every morning at her local and loved Bronte beach.
Such attention is wholly warranted. Since her first solo show in 1965 at Watters Gallery in Sydney, her achievements include a commission for The Australian Pavilion at the World Expo in Seville in 1992, winning the Wynne Prize for Landscape in 1998 and the Geelong Contemporary Art Prize in 2002 and having work in the Thyssen-Bornemisza Collection in Madrid – to name a few.
This exhibition is a selection of paintings from Ann’s studio dating back a quarter century – virtually as long as she’s shown with the Charles Nodrum Gallery, her first show being in 2001 of recent painting and sculpture. Included are works painted in France (Treble, 2014) and Hong Kong (Sun’s Force, 2017), as well as those painted closer to home (all of the most recent work).
Ann’s exhibition runs concurrently with works from the Godfrey Miller estate, and the pairing is a sympathetic one; Miller was one of Thomson’s teachers at the National Art School in Sydney (1957-62) and she remembers him fondly.  “We learnt so much in his indirect way of teaching,” she says. “He’d set up his donkey [easel] and draw. What better way of learning than watching him do it? I’ll always remember, when he didn’t like the still life pose, he’d sit back and sharpen his pencils, waiting for the next one.”  When it came to painting, she remembers, “he’d say ‘leave it’” – which is ironic because Miller didn’t always take his own advice: stories are told of him taking out his travelling set of watercolours and touching up one of his paintings hanging at the Art Gallery of New South Wales.  In hindsight, his advice was particularly pertinent to Thomson, whose landscapes reside in that strand of abstraction which is born of memory and whose painterly, gestural magic requires a perfect balance of spontaneity and restraint to be successful. Think of Maelstrom, 2013 – a flurry of brushstrokes whipped up just enough to convey the thrill of a storm; in the hands of a lesser skilled artist, it would easily have lost its tension and drama.
Kate Nodrum, 2025
Publishing details: Charles Nodrum Gallery, 2025, [catalogue details to be entyered]
Ref: 1000
Tucker Albert - Lasseter Seriesview full entry
Reference: The Lasseter Series: Masterpieces from the Albert & Barbara Tucker Foundation at Smith & Singer
Smith & Singer are honoured to present this important exhibition focused on Lewis Hubert (Harry) Lasseter (1880-1931), an Australian prospector whose strenuous claims of finding a fabulously rich gold reef in central Australia and his subsequent death in his quest to prove it, has entered, like numerous other ill-fated expeditions by European explorers, into Australian folklore.
In The Lasseter Series, Tucker grasps with the complex ideology of creating a visual narrative from the real and from the imagined.  In these highly expressive and surreal tableaux that convey, conflate and distort themes of personal ambition, psychological anguish, alienation, despair and delusion, Tucker’s images speak loudly and clearly, connecting with our own feelings of gullibility, insecurity, isolation, uncertainty, and vulnerability.
The Lasseter Series represents the most significant exhibition of its kind to date and includes several images shown for the first time.  Offered on behalf of the Albert & Barbara Tucker Foundation, proceeds from the sale of each work will benefit important social causes including ‘the protection of wildlife and habitat; violence against women; scholarships for disadvantaged people; relief of poverty; and the initiation of social change which goes towards increasing the equal treatment and social acceptance of all people in the community’.
The Lasseter Series will be open to the public at 33 Lansell Road, Toorak, from 18 September – 8 October 2025 and at 30 Queen Street, Woollahra, from Thursday 16 October – Wednesday 5 November 2025, Monday – Saturday, 10 am – 5 pm
Publishing details: Smith & Singer , 2025 [digital catalogue at https://www.smithandsinger.com.au/catalogue/AUEX039)
Ref: 1000
Young (ugusta Julianaview full entry
Reference: see Forum Auctions London, 25.9.25, lot 168: Australasia- Young (Augusta Juliana, eldest daughter of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913), Compiled by. An album of 27 original drawings, including landscapes of Tasmania, New Zealand, and a landscape with Aboriginal Australians, including three fine landscape studies of Tasmania attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885), with one initialled 'M.S.C.', two watercolour landscapes with Aboriginal Australians by John Rae (1813-1900), two pencil studies of New Zealand by an unidentified hand, one of Oakura Bay, two botanical studies, and a group of 16 other loose watercolours by various hands, some of the Far East, two sheets of costume studies initialled 'F.M' (possibly Frank Marryat (1826–1855, who served on HMS Samarang), several figure studies of people from Borneo, one signed 'Will[iam] H. Browne/ HMS Samarang', others possibly in the hand of Augusta Juliana Young, with miscellaneous cuttings and prints, various sizes, all presented in an album, many artworks loose, some leaves missing, front free endpaper inscribed Augusta Juliana Young 14th April 1869', black lacquer covers decorated with floral inlays with hand-painted inset oval with 'The Minstrels', scuffed, lacking spine, lower cover with crack to corner, detached but present, worn, 4to, [circa 1840-1870]; together with Sir Henry Edward Fox Young's manuscript journal, title page inscribed 'H.E.F.Young', with 20 pp. of manuscript entries written by Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, many blank leaves, 8vo, 1834 [and later]; and with 13 cabinet card photographs of the Young family and others, including photograph portraits of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young (1829-1913), his wife, Augusta Sophia Young, neé Marryat (1829-1913), and a portrait of their five daughters including Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850), each approx. 165 x 108 mm (6 1/2 x 4 1/4 in), some spotting and surface dirt, loose, unframed, [late 19th century] (Sm. qty.)

Provenance:
[Diary] Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913);
[Album and cabinet cards] Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850);
Thence by descent; 
Anonymous sale, acquired by the present owners, 2025

 ⁂ Important 19th century album and small archive, with fine artworks of Tasmania, Australia, and the Far East, documenting the environment experienced by early settlers of Tasmania. Artworks by the Australian woman artist Margaret Sarah Cleburne rarely appear on the open market.

Artworks in the present album attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885) include: (1) 'Near Risdon, on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with oval stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 185 x 264 mm (7 1/4 x 10 3/8 in); (2) 'From Woodville on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with stencilled wash background, signed with initials 'M.S.C.' in the lower left corner, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 264 mm (7 1/8 x 10 3/8 in); (3) 'Mount Direction, near Risdon, on the Derwent', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with circular stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 267 mm (7 1/8 x 10 1/2 in).

Cleburne Margaret Sarah (1829-1885)view full entry
Reference: see Forum Auctions London, 25.9.25, lot 168: Australasia- Young (Augusta Juliana, eldest daughter of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913), Compiled by. An album of 27 original drawings, including landscapes of Tasmania, New Zealand, and a landscape with Aboriginal Australians, including three fine landscape studies of Tasmania attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885), with one initialled 'M.S.C.', two watercolour landscapes with Aboriginal Australians by John Rae (1813-1900), two pencil studies of New Zealand by an unidentified hand, one of Oakura Bay, two botanical studies, and a group of 16 other loose watercolours by various hands, some of the Far East, two sheets of costume studies initialled 'F.M' (possibly Frank Marryat (1826–1855, who served on HMS Samarang), several figure studies of people from Borneo, one signed 'Will[iam] H. Browne/ HMS Samarang', others possibly in the hand of Augusta Juliana Young, with miscellaneous cuttings and prints, various sizes, all presented in an album, many artworks loose, some leaves missing, front free endpaper inscribed Augusta Juliana Young 14th April 1869', black lacquer covers decorated with floral inlays with hand-painted inset oval with 'The Minstrels', scuffed, lacking spine, lower cover with crack to corner, detached but present, worn, 4to, [circa 1840-1870]; together with Sir Henry Edward Fox Young's manuscript journal, title page inscribed 'H.E.F.Young', with 20 pp. of manuscript entries written by Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, many blank leaves, 8vo, 1834 [and later]; and with 13 cabinet card photographs of the Young family and others, including photograph portraits of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young (1829-1913), his wife, Augusta Sophia Young, neé Marryat (1829-1913), and a portrait of their five daughters including Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850), each approx. 165 x 108 mm (6 1/2 x 4 1/4 in), some spotting and surface dirt, loose, unframed, [late 19th century] (Sm. qty.)

Provenance:
[Diary] Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913);
[Album and cabinet cards] Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850);
Thence by descent; 
Anonymous sale, acquired by the present owners, 2025

 ⁂ Important 19th century album and small archive, with fine artworks of Tasmania, Australia, and the Far East, documenting the environment experienced by early settlers of Tasmania. Artworks by the Australian woman artist Margaret Sarah Cleburne rarely appear on the open market.

Artworks in the present album attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885) include: (1) 'Near Risdon, on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with oval stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 185 x 264 mm (7 1/4 x 10 3/8 in); (2) 'From Woodville on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with stencilled wash background, signed with initials 'M.S.C.' in the lower left corner, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 264 mm (7 1/8 x 10 3/8 in); (3) 'Mount Direction, near Risdon, on the Derwent', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with circular stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 267 mm (7 1/8 x 10 1/2 in).

Marryat Frank (1826–1855view full entry
Reference: see Forum Auctions London, 25.9.25, lot 168: Australasia- Young (Augusta Juliana, eldest daughter of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913), Compiled by. An album of 27 original drawings, including landscapes of Tasmania, New Zealand, and a landscape with Aboriginal Australians, including three fine landscape studies of Tasmania attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885), with one initialled 'M.S.C.', two watercolour landscapes with Aboriginal Australians by John Rae (1813-1900), two pencil studies of New Zealand by an unidentified hand, one of Oakura Bay, two botanical studies, and a group of 16 other loose watercolours by various hands, some of the Far East, two sheets of costume studies initialled 'F.M' (possibly Frank Marryat (1826–1855, who served on HMS Samarang), several figure studies of people from Borneo, one signed 'Will[iam] H. Browne/ HMS Samarang', others possibly in the hand of Augusta Juliana Young, with miscellaneous cuttings and prints, various sizes, all presented in an album, many artworks loose, some leaves missing, front free endpaper inscribed Augusta Juliana Young 14th April 1869', black lacquer covers decorated with floral inlays with hand-painted inset oval with 'The Minstrels', scuffed, lacking spine, lower cover with crack to corner, detached but present, worn, 4to, [circa 1840-1870]; together with Sir Henry Edward Fox Young's manuscript journal, title page inscribed 'H.E.F.Young', with 20 pp. of manuscript entries written by Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, many blank leaves, 8vo, 1834 [and later]; and with 13 cabinet card photographs of the Young family and others, including photograph portraits of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young (1829-1913), his wife, Augusta Sophia Young, neé Marryat (1829-1913), and a portrait of their five daughters including Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850), each approx. 165 x 108 mm (6 1/2 x 4 1/4 in), some spotting and surface dirt, loose, unframed, [late 19th century] (Sm. qty.)

Provenance:
[Diary] Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913);
[Album and cabinet cards] Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850);
Thence by descent; 
Anonymous sale, acquired by the present owners, 2025

 ⁂ Important 19th century album and small archive, with fine artworks of Tasmania, Australia, and the Far East, documenting the environment experienced by early settlers of Tasmania. Artworks by the Australian woman artist Margaret Sarah Cleburne rarely appear on the open market.

Artworks in the present album attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885) include: (1) 'Near Risdon, on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with oval stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 185 x 264 mm (7 1/4 x 10 3/8 in); (2) 'From Woodville on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with stencilled wash background, signed with initials 'M.S.C.' in the lower left corner, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 264 mm (7 1/8 x 10 3/8 in); (3) 'Mount Direction, near Risdon, on the Derwent', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with circular stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 267 mm (7 1/8 x 10 1/2 in).

Brownw William Hview full entry
Reference: see Forum Auctions London, 25.9.25, lot 168: Australasia- Young (Augusta Juliana, eldest daughter of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913), Compiled by. An album of 27 original drawings, including landscapes of Tasmania, New Zealand, and a landscape with Aboriginal Australians, including three fine landscape studies of Tasmania attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885), with one initialled 'M.S.C.', two watercolour landscapes with Aboriginal Australians by John Rae (1813-1900), two pencil studies of New Zealand by an unidentified hand, one of Oakura Bay, two botanical studies, and a group of 16 other loose watercolours by various hands, some of the Far East, two sheets of costume studies initialled 'F.M' (possibly Frank Marryat (1826–1855, who served on HMS Samarang), several figure studies of people from Borneo, one signed 'Will[iam] H. Browne/ HMS Samarang', others possibly in the hand of Augusta Juliana Young, with miscellaneous cuttings and prints, various sizes, all presented in an album, many artworks loose, some leaves missing, front free endpaper inscribed Augusta Juliana Young 14th April 1869', black lacquer covers decorated with floral inlays with hand-painted inset oval with 'The Minstrels', scuffed, lacking spine, lower cover with crack to corner, detached but present, worn, 4to, [circa 1840-1870]; together with Sir Henry Edward Fox Young's manuscript journal, title page inscribed 'H.E.F.Young', with 20 pp. of manuscript entries written by Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, many blank leaves, 8vo, 1834 [and later]; and with 13 cabinet card photographs of the Young family and others, including photograph portraits of Sir Henry Edward Fox Young (1829-1913), his wife, Augusta Sophia Young, neé Marryat (1829-1913), and a portrait of their five daughters including Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850), each approx. 165 x 108 mm (6 1/2 x 4 1/4 in), some spotting and surface dirt, loose, unframed, [late 19th century] (Sm. qty.)

Provenance:
[Diary] Sir Henry Edward Fox Young, Governor of South Australia and of Tasmania, 1829-1913);
[Album and cabinet cards] Augusta Julian Young (b. 1850);
Thence by descent; 
Anonymous sale, acquired by the present owners, 2025

 ⁂ Important 19th century album and small archive, with fine artworks of Tasmania, Australia, and the Far East, documenting the environment experienced by early settlers of Tasmania. Artworks by the Australian woman artist Margaret Sarah Cleburne rarely appear on the open market.

Artworks in the present album attributed to Margaret Sarah Cleburne (1829-1885) include: (1) 'Near Risdon, on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with oval stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 185 x 264 mm (7 1/4 x 10 3/8 in); (2) 'From Woodville on the Derwent, Tasmania', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with stencilled wash background, signed with initials 'M.S.C.' in the lower left corner, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 264 mm (7 1/8 x 10 3/8 in); (3) 'Mount Direction, near Risdon, on the Derwent', pencil, scratching out, prepared ground with circular stencilled wash background, title inscribed in lower margin, sheet 180 x 267 mm (7 1/8 x 10 1/2 in).

de Freminville Christophe Paulin de la Poix (French, 1787-1848)view full entry
Reference: see by Arader Galleries Drawings & Watercolors, New York, DE FREMINVILLE, Christophe Paulin de la Poix (French, 1787-1848). 
Cordyle de la Nouvelle Hollande. Port Jackson [New Holland Lizard. Port Jackson [Syndney, Australia]. 
Watercolor on paper. 
10" x 13" sheet, 18" x 21" framed. 

An example of the lace monitor (Varanus varius), also known as the tree goanna, a member of the monitor lizard family native to eastern Australia. Port Jackson, commonly known as Sydney Harbor, is a natural harbor on the east coast of Australia, around which Sydney was built.
CHRISTOPHE PAULIN DE LA POIX DE FREMINVILLE (FRENCH, 1787-1848) Cordyle de la Nouvelle Hollande. Port Jackson Watercolor on paper Paper size: Like his contemporary John James Audubon, the Chevalier Freminville had an adventure-some and productive life. Freminville was the son of a naval architect. He chose a naval career after hearing a lecture on Captain Cook s voyages. At the age of 15, Freminville joined the navy and traveled to Haiti under General LeClerc. While there he discovered the great ray, native to the bay of Port-au-Prince, which came to bear his name. By the time he retired in the 1830 s, Freminville had spent most of his life at sea, traveling from Iceland and Russia to Central and South America to West Africa and the Antilles, and draw-ing specimens of exotic species. He enjoyed much fame in his own day as an antiquary and writer of travel accounts, but he died having produced only one book on natural history subjects, Con-siderations Generales sur les Moeurs et les Habitudes des Serpens (1842). The drawings that Freminville left behind were intended for a half-dozen other related works on butterflies, fish, mollusks, snakes, and other reptiles, but these books remained unrealized. Loca: 6.3B.D 67/68/69. 

Freminville - Christophe Paulin de la Poix de Freminville (French, 1787-1848)view full entry
Reference: see by Arader Galleries Drawings & Watercolors, New York, DE FREMINVILLE, Christophe Paulin de la Poix (French, 1787-1848). 
Cordyle de la Nouvelle Hollande. Port Jackson [New Holland Lizard. Port Jackson [Syndney, Australia]. 
Watercolor on paper. 
10" x 13" sheet, 18" x 21" framed. 

An example of the lace monitor (Varanus varius), also known as the tree goanna, a member of the monitor lizard family native to eastern Australia. Port Jackson, commonly known as Sydney Harbor, is a natural harbor on the east coast of Australia, around which Sydney was built.
CHRISTOPHE PAULIN DE LA POIX DE FREMINVILLE (FRENCH, 1787-1848) Cordyle de la Nouvelle Hollande. Port Jackson Watercolor on paper Paper size: Like his contemporary John James Audubon, the Chevalier Freminville had an adventure-some and productive life. Freminville was the son of a naval architect. He chose a naval career after hearing a lecture on Captain Cook s voyages. At the age of 15, Freminville joined the navy and traveled to Haiti under General LeClerc. While there he discovered the great ray, native to the bay of Port-au-Prince, which came to bear his name. By the time he retired in the 1830 s, Freminville had spent most of his life at sea, traveling from Iceland and Russia to Central and South America to West Africa and the Antilles, and draw-ing specimens of exotic species. He enjoyed much fame in his own day as an antiquary and writer of travel accounts, but he died having produced only one book on natural history subjects, Con-siderations Generales sur les Moeurs et les Habitudes des Serpens (1842). The drawings that Freminville left behind were intended for a half-dozen other related works on butterflies, fish, mollusks, snakes, and other reptiles, but these books remained unrealized. Loca: 6.3B.D 67/68/69. 

Lipman George photographerview full entry
Reference: obituary in Sydney orning Herald, 17.9.25, p 12 (Lipman was a photographer on the Sydney Morning Herald)
Miller Godfrey paintings from the stateview full entry
Reference: Godfrey Miller - Final Paintings from the Estate, 20 September - 11 October, 2025.
In addition to this exhibition of paintings and drawings not seen before from the Godfrey Miller Estate, also on view will be paintings that have previously been exhibited at the gallery and for which the Estate have revised the prices.

Please click the Exhibition Catalogue button below and scroll down to find these additional works.

Please join us to celebrate this Saturday 20 September, 3-5pm

We’ll also be celebrating the opening of a concurrent survey exhibition of works by Ann Thomson, one of Australia’s most celebrated senior artists and a student of Miller’s.
Publishing details: Charles Nodrum Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Jack Russell Callum 1925-2025 architec tview full entry
Reference: obituary in Sydney Morning Herald 20.9.2025, p33
Marten E Hview full entry
Reference: see Hansons Auctioneers, UK, 20.9.25, lot 376: A pair of Victorian watercolour coastline scenes, signed E H Marten
Born 1866 Died 1953 ( active 1886-1901 ) 
signed ,one lower left , one lower right
This impressionist artist was of Australian descent , painted commonly around the south coast of Britain but briefly had a studio in the lake district

Measurements:- inside mount on both approx 36 cm x 52 cm 

Condition:- few nicks to the frame but the water colours themselves are fine, no foxing

Please view all pictures
Coutts Gordon biograpghical detailsview full entry
Reference: see Artemis Fine Arts,, Louisville, CO, US 3.10.25, lot 204A:
Gordon Coutts (Scottish, 1868-1937). Oil on canvas, n.d. A beautiful painting by Scottish artist Gordon Coutts featuring a charming view of two horses tethered before a colonnaded edifice furnished with a Spanish tile roof in the evening hours. Warm lamplight glows through a lattice window to the right, and a vermilion glow radiates from an archway to the left that houses a pair of pottery vessels on a low stoop. Tall blossoming wild flowers and tufts of grasses grace the land in the foreground, and tranquil clouds float in the sapphire blue skies above. All is rendered with Coutts' skillful brushwork and keen eye for color and light. Size (painting): 28.25" L x 38.125" W (71.8 cm x 96.8 cm) Size: 35.625" L x 45.4" W (90.5 cm x 115.3 cm)

About the artist: "He was born in the Old Machar district of Aberdeen, Scotland, to a father who gave him a sound trouncing when he was nine for skipping church services so he could complete a sketch. Gordon ran away to Glasgow, where he could study photography and drawing at the Glasgow School of Art, and it was in Glasgow that he met the Irish artist John Lavery, who became his friend and mentor.

In the late 1880s, Gordon followed his brother David to Australia, where they ran a business creating art miniatures in Melbourne. Gordon studied three years at the National Gallery of Victoria art school where he won Honorable Mention for his painting Too Late in the school's Traveling Artist Scholarship Competition in 1893.

At the National Gallery of Victoria, among his teachers was L. Bernard Hall, who would run the gallery and school for the next several decades. Gordon was also influenced by the Heidelberg School, with whom he exhibited. Frederick McCubbin, a principal Heidelberg artist, was a Master Instructor at the NGV and also a teacher of Gordon.

During the 1890s, Gordon earned his living with portrait commissions, including the Prime Minister of Victoria, before being appointed Instructor at the Government Art School in Sydney in 1896 where he taught painting until 1899. In 1902, Gordon set sail for San Francisco, where he married artist Alice Hobbs, who was a painter of miniatures, and of Indian children in the manner of Grace Hudson. They survived the 1906 earthquake and built a house/studio in Piedmont, across the bay.

Gordon was a member of the Bohemian Club in San Francisco and exhibited there regularly, as well as at Gump's and the Schussler Gallery, sometimes with Alice. They both illustrated covers for Sunset magazine, and Gordon also illustrated poems and short stories, while doing Marin County landscapes and portrait commissions. Around 1910, he and Alice started traveling abroad regularly. They maintained a studio in Paris, and visited various art colonies. Gordon was enrolled in the Academie Julian under Fran?ois Flemeng and Adolphe Dechenaud, and had paintings accepted at the Paris salon, including Preparatifs pour le Bal des Quat'z-Arts. But in 1914, WWI obliged the couple to withdraw to the relative safety of their Piedmont home. But Gordon had left unfinished business on the Continent, as well as various paintings and belongings, and, despite the war, in 1916 he decided to return there. Alice declined to go along, and divorced him in 1917, retaining the Piedmont house. 1918 found Gordon in Pasadena, California, where he met Gertrude Russell, a music teacher. They married and spent the next several years living and painting in Spain, where daughter Jeane was born, and then in Morocco. During this time, annual trips to Britain were made to exhibit Gordon's Orientalist landscapes and portraits at the Royal Academy and other galleries. But living abroad was exhausting, and the family moved to Mexico where they spent a year near and around the capital. Gordon painted the local people, their cathedrals, and their street markets.

Gordon's bronchial troubles required attention, and in late 1925 the family moved to California. Discovering Palm Springs, and its healthful climate, they had a gallery/studio/home built there in the style of a North African villa they named 'Dar Morroc.' For the next several years the family used their new home as a base for painting excursions around California, the American Southwest, and Mexico. They even traveled as far as Australia in 1927 where Gordon had a retrospective exhibition.

For Gordon Coutts, as for many artists, the Great Depression brought about hard times. Though no longer traveling on account of his health, Gordon continued to paint, and daughter Mary was added to the family. But sales had completely disappeared. Exhibitions in Palm Springs, and at the famous Stendahl Galleries in Los Angeles, could spark little interest in his once popular art. Even a long visit by his good friend (the now Sir) John Lavery, for several winter weeks in 1936, could not revive his flagging health and in early 1937 he succumbed to heart failure at 71." (source: artist's website)

Note: The subject matter and the setting of this painting is very similar to a painting by Coutts that sold a John Moran on October 22, 2013, lot 139, for $33,000

Provenance: private New York, New York, USA collection
Lindsay Jackview full entry
Reference: AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL TRILOGY. Comprising LIFE RARELY TELLS,
THE ROARING TWENTIES and FANFROLICO AND AFTER. 3 vols.
Publishing details: Lond. Bodley Head. 1958-1962. All with Dustjackets.pp 224,240,287pp. b/w plates.

Ref: 1000
Grounds Royview full entry
Reference: Roy Grounds - Experiments in MinimumLiving, by Tony Lee.
Roy Grounds is well known as the dogmatic and bombastic architect who designed the Australian Academy of Science’s Shine Dome, in Canberra, the National Gallery of Victoria on St Kilda Road, and the Victorian Arts Centre. This book explores Grounds’ early works and presents a different aspect of his character: a perceptive architect who used his own lived experience to inform his work.
Abandoning his emerging practice and family in 1937, the young Grounds rushed to London in pursuit a client he had fallen in love with. Penniless and unemployed he lived frugally and simply by flat sitting becoming familiar with the Minimum Flat concept. On his return to Melbourne, he utilised the concept to secure work, experimenting with designs for small flats as he built a reputation and was celebrated as Melbourne’s leading designer of flats at the time.
Richly illustrated with plans and photographs, this book will delight those with an interest in modernist design and anyone looking for simple and affordable forms of housing.

Publishing details: Kerritone Publishing, 2025, hc
Ref: 1000
Pomphrey Helen view full entry
Reference: see South Dublin Auction, UK. Ends Sun 28th Sep 2025, lot 119:
'Helen Pomphrey' An original 'Helen Pomphrey' mixed media collage and watercolour artwork / painting. Features a mythical composition with a woman fleeing on a unicorn / horse. Portrays watercolour washes with collaged textures to create a layered, dreamlike effect. Signed 'Helen Pomphrey' and dated 1989 lower right. Housed in a wooden frame behind glass. 
MM: 53 x 67 cm including frame 

Helen Pomphrey is a mixed media artist working primarily in oil, but also using collage, textural layering and photo transfer techniques across her artwork. She studied painting and sculpture at Edinburgh College of Art and Grays School of Art, Aberdeen.
Throughout her career, Pomphrey’s artwork has been firmly rooted in the Scottish colourist tradition, with bold compositional patterns and a vibrant colour palette. Her love of landscape is evident throughout; recent journeys to Southern Australia, the outback of New South Wales and Queensland have informed her recent collections. She relays past and present histories in conjunction with one another, evoking both the permanency of human creation and inevitable change over time.

Mabo Eddieview full entry
Reference: artworks in NLA collection:
Mabo the artist
Eddie Mabo was fond of sketching and painting.
In the 196os he joined the Townsville Arts Society, where he learnt watercolour and drawing techniques. The National Library holds six of his works, all of which were completed while he was living on the mainland. These works express Mabo's strong connection to Mer (Murray Island).
Frayne Alexview full entry
Reference: Distance and desire / Alex Frayne.
This collection of photographs expands on the photographer's last collection of South Australian landscapes. This new series expands the notion of landscape to include the vestiges and residues of both European settlement and 60,000 years of Indigenous culture.
Notes:
Includes index.
[Landscape photography -- South Australia]
Publishing details: Wakefield Press, 2024 (224 pages) : colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Spurlingsview full entry
Reference: Photographs by Spurlings : a treasure trove of Tasmanian images / Christine Burgess
"Stephen Spurling III's images transport the viewer beyond the everyday and in doing so, enrich the soul. For nearly a century, from the mid-1800s, the Spurling name was synonymous with fine Tasmanian photography. The name 'Stephen Spurling' spanned three generations, with the third Stephen (1876-1962) capturing the public's imagination with his iconic photos. They provided a vicarious experience of the Tasmanian wilderness - a wilderness beyond the reach of most people. To obtain his images, Steve (as he was known) had to lug his cumbersome camera and fragile glass plates through trackless, inhospitable regions and rely on bush tucker for survival. Despite these difficulties, he returned with a bounty of wilderness images which helped sow the seed for the environment movement in Tasmania. Although taken more than a hundred years ago, some of these images are still in use and have been deployed in conservation campaigns. Many others have become collectors' items and have found their way into museums, art galleries and libraries both in Australia and overseas."--Back cover.
Notes:
Includes bibliographical refererences.
Publishing details: Forty South Publishing, [2024]
vii, 160 pages : illustrations, colour maps, facsimiles, portraits
Ref: 1000
Spurling Stephenview full entry
Reference: see Photographs by Spurlings : a treasure trove of Tasmanian images / Christine Burgess
"Stephen Spurling III's images transport the viewer beyond the everyday and in doing so, enrich the soul. For nearly a century, from the mid-1800s, the Spurling name was synonymous with fine Tasmanian photography. The name 'Stephen Spurling' spanned three generations, with the third Stephen (1876-1962) capturing the public's imagination with his iconic photos. They provided a vicarious experience of the Tasmanian wilderness - a wilderness beyond the reach of most people. To obtain his images, Steve (as he was known) had to lug his cumbersome camera and fragile glass plates through trackless, inhospitable regions and rely on bush tucker for survival. Despite these difficulties, he returned with a bounty of wilderness images which helped sow the seed for the environment movement in Tasmania. Although taken more than a hundred years ago, some of these images are still in use and have been deployed in conservation campaigns. Many others have become collectors' items and have found their way into museums, art galleries and libraries both in Australia and overseas."--Back cover.
Notes:
Includes bibliographical refererences.
Publishing details: Forty South Publishing, [2024]
vii, 160 pages : illustrations, colour maps, facsimiles, portraits
Australian Architecture - a historyview full entry
Reference: Australian Architecture - A histoy. By: Davina Jackson [to be indexed]
A comprehensive narrative history of building and design styles in Australia, from traditional Aboriginal gunyahs; to the local interpretations of northern hemisphere trends; to the sustainable, climate sensitive and high-tech constructions of the 21st century.

From First Nations gunyahs and First Fleet huts to 21st century eco-pavilions and skyscrapers, Davina Jackson surveys the evolution of architecture in Australia.

Dr Jackson explores how early colonial building designers like James Bloodworth, Francis Greenway and John Lee Archer interpreted classical European styles using local stone and timber. She examines how medieval and Renaissance monuments influenced leading architects during the 19th century, until the fresh winds of modernism and demands for a unique Australian style took over in the 20th century, with environmental challenges and technological innovations driving change in recent years.

Over two and a half centuries, our architects and builders have responded to the fierce Australian sun with verandas, porticos, colonnades, screens and Asian-inspired shade pavilions. Jackson explores these and other distinctive aspects of Australian design, why gold-boom architecture consistently impressed Victorian visitors, and the achievements of modern luminaries like Walter and Marion Griffin, Harry Seidler, Jorn Utzon, John Andrews, Glenn Murcutt and John Wardle.

Illustrated throughout, Australian Architecture traces our distinctive and internationally acclaimed domestic, commercial and institutional buildings, with overviews of the main design influences and key examples to visit. This is the essential guide for designers, architects, students and anyone interested in the story of Australia's unique and fascinating architecture.

About the Author

Dr Davina Jackson is an international writer of books, exhibitions and websites on architecture, technology and urban geography themes. She edited Architecture Australia from 1992 to 2000, and was a founder of annual city light festivals in Sydney and Singapore. After a multi-disciplinary design professorship at the University of New South Wales, she has guest-lectured at MIT, Cambridge, TU Munich and other universities in America, Europe and Asia. Her publications earned a PhD from the University of Kent in 2019 and fellowships of the Royal Geographical Society, the Royal Society of Arts and the Royal Society of New South Wales.
Publishing details: Allen & Unwin, 2022, 368pp
Ref: 1000
Architecture - a historyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Architecture - A histoy. By: Davina Jackson [to be indexed]
A comprehensive narrative history of building and design styles in Australia, from traditional Aboriginal gunyahs; to the local interpretations of northern hemisphere trends; to the sustainable, climate sensitive and high-tech constructions of the 21st century.

From First Nations gunyahs and First Fleet huts to 21st century eco-pavilions and skyscrapers, Davina Jackson surveys the evolution of architecture in Australia.

Dr Jackson explores how early colonial building designers like James Bloodworth, Francis Greenway and John Lee Archer interpreted classical European styles using local stone and timber. She examines how medieval and Renaissance monuments influenced leading architects during the 19th century, until the fresh winds of modernism and demands for a unique Australian style took over in the 20th century, with environmental challenges and technological innovations driving change in recent years.

Over two and a half centuries, our architects and builders have responded to the fierce Australian sun with verandas, porticos, colonnades, screens and Asian-inspired shade pavilions. Jackson explores these and other distinctive aspects of Australian design, why gold-boom architecture consistently impressed Victorian visitors, and the achievements of modern luminaries like Walter and Marion Griffin, Harry Seidler, Jorn Utzon, John Andrews, Glenn Murcutt and John Wardle.

Illustrated throughout, Australian Architecture traces our distinctive and internationally acclaimed domestic, commercial and institutional buildings, with overviews of the main design influences and key examples to visit. This is the essential guide for designers, architects, students and anyone interested in the story of Australia's unique and fascinating architecture.

About the Author

Dr Davina Jackson is an international writer of books, exhibitions and websites on architecture, technology and urban geography themes. She edited Architecture Australia from 1992 to 2000, and was a founder of annual city light festivals in Sydney and Singapore. After a multi-disciplinary design professorship at the University of New South Wales, she has guest-lectured at MIT, Cambridge, TU Munich and other universities in America, Europe and Asia. Her publications earned a PhD from the University of Kent in 2019 and fellowships of the Royal Geographical Society, the Royal Society of Arts and the Royal Society of New South Wales.
Publishing details: Allen & Unwin, 2022, 368pp
End of an era : Aboriginal labour in the Northern Territoryview full entry
Reference: End of an era : Aboriginal labour in the Northern Territory / Ronald M. Berndt & Catherine H. Berndt [To be indexed]
Retrospective analysis of survey of Aboriginal labour on cattle stations, Army Aboriginal Settlements, 1944-46; stations, all owned by Australian Investment Agency (Vesteys), include Wave Hill, Waterloo, Limbunya, Birrundudu, Gordon Downs, Manbulloo, Willeroo; Army Settlements include Katherine Civil Settlement, Manbulloo Army settlement; also Daly River region; inadequacy of diet, starvation; inadequate supplies of drinking, washing water, shelter, educational, medical facilities; infant mortality, birth rate; sexual relations, white men, Aboriginal women; labour recruitment, remuneration; costs to stations for food, clothing, sundries supplied to Aborigines; conduct of white staff, Aboriginal attitudes; responses to report, recommendations.
Notes:
• Includes index.
• Bibliography: pages 301-305.
Publishing details: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, 1987, xx, 310 pages : illustrations, maps ;
Ref: 1000
Wigley Jamesview full entry
Reference: James Wigley and the Strelley Mob: Social Realist Painting in an Aboriginal Community., Kral, Inge; Jorgensen, Darren
Publishing details: Journal of Australian Studies.
Published
01 Mar 2024
Ref: 1000
Grounds, Romberg Boydview full entry
Reference: Grounds, Romberg Boyd: Melbourne's Midcentury Modernists, by Maria Larkins.
Grounds, Romberg and Boyd (1953-1962) was one of the most innovative modernist architectural firms ever to practice in Australia. Led by Roy Grounds, Frederick Romberg and Robin Boyd, it would have a role in shaping many enduringly iconic and significant buildings. This book is a richly illustrated exploration of the architectural legacy of the practice, including correspondence, reproductions of ephemera from the period, and drawings and photographs of their most iconic buildings.Grounds, Romberg Boyd is the only book ever published on the work of the famous Australian practice. It is also unusual in that its focus isn't squarely on the familiar, finished buildings, but the relationship between the three directors and the goings-on behind the scenes. The book gives a rare glimpse into the inner workings of a high profile architecture firm and how it functions-or doesn't.
Publishing details: Uro Publications, 2024, 216pp
Ref: 1000
Grounds Royview full entry
Reference: see Grounds, Romberg Boyd: Melbourne's Midcentury Modernists, by Maria Larkins.
Grounds, Romberg and Boyd (1953-1962) was one of the most innovative modernist architectural firms ever to practice in Australia. Led by Roy Grounds, Frederick Romberg and Robin Boyd, it would have a role in shaping many enduringly iconic and significant buildings. This book is a richly illustrated exploration of the architectural legacy of the practice, including correspondence, reproductions of ephemera from the period, and drawings and photographs of their most iconic buildings.Grounds, Romberg Boyd is the only book ever published on the work of the famous Australian practice. It is also unusual in that its focus isn't squarely on the familiar, finished buildings, but the relationship between the three directors and the goings-on behind the scenes. The book gives a rare glimpse into the inner workings of a high profile architecture firm and how it functions-or doesn't.
Publishing details: Uro Publications, 2024, 216pp
Romberg Frederickview full entry
Reference: see Grounds, Romberg Boyd: Melbourne's Midcentury Modernists, by Maria Larkins.
Grounds, Romberg and Boyd (1953-1962) was one of the most innovative modernist architectural firms ever to practice in Australia. Led by Roy Grounds, Frederick Romberg and Robin Boyd, it would have a role in shaping many enduringly iconic and significant buildings. This book is a richly illustrated exploration of the architectural legacy of the practice, including correspondence, reproductions of ephemera from the period, and drawings and photographs of their most iconic buildings.Grounds, Romberg Boyd is the only book ever published on the work of the famous Australian practice. It is also unusual in that its focus isn't squarely on the familiar, finished buildings, but the relationship between the three directors and the goings-on behind the scenes. The book gives a rare glimpse into the inner workings of a high profile architecture firm and how it functions-or doesn't.
Publishing details: Uro Publications, 2024, 216pp
Boyd Robinview full entry
Reference: see Grounds, Romberg Boyd: Melbourne's Midcentury Modernists, by Maria Larkins.
Grounds, Romberg and Boyd (1953-1962) was one of the most innovative modernist architectural firms ever to practice in Australia. Led by Roy Grounds, Frederick Romberg and Robin Boyd, it would have a role in shaping many enduringly iconic and significant buildings. This book is a richly illustrated exploration of the architectural legacy of the practice, including correspondence, reproductions of ephemera from the period, and drawings and photographs of their most iconic buildings.Grounds, Romberg Boyd is the only book ever published on the work of the famous Australian practice. It is also unusual in that its focus isn't squarely on the familiar, finished buildings, but the relationship between the three directors and the goings-on behind the scenes. The book gives a rare glimpse into the inner workings of a high profile architecture firm and how it functions-or doesn't.
Publishing details: Uro Publications, 2024, 216pp
Cironis Olgaview full entry
Reference: Olga Cironis - the space between us. by by Lisa Slade (Author), Jacqueline Millner (Author), Paola Anselmi (Author)
A full-colour monograph series from Art Collective WA that traverses the life and career of artist Olga Cironis; featuring over 160 colour plates and essays from three prominent arts writers.

Olga Cironis- This Space Between Us is the first comprehensive book to cover the prolific art career of Olga Cironis, a multidisciplinary artist whose practise explores photography, film, sound, installation and sculpture, weaving and stitching to make powerful artworks that resonate with a sense of disenfranchised identities and shared stories. This monograph provides an in-depth retrospective of her important contribution to contemporary art in Australia, providing new insights and personal context.
Publishing details: Fremantle Press, 2021, 186pp
Ref: 1000
Hughes Philipview full entry
Reference: Notebooks By: Philip Hughes, Kay Syrad (Text by), Stephen Coppel (Foreword by)
A new selection from Philip Hughes' unpublished notebooks going back over twenty-five years.

In an astonishing collection of twenty-seven notebooks created over a quarter of a century, Philip Hughes has sought to capture the spirit of a place: its geological structure, its relationship with the surrounding landscape, and its occasional signs of human intervention.

These painterly but topographically precise notebooks record moments when the artist has been moved to draw what he can see, whether from the shelter of a standing stone in Orkney, Scotland, from the air over the Simpson desert in Australia, or from a postal boat sailing through the Norwegian fjords.

Pieced together by Hughes himself from over a thousand drawings, this is a logbook of momentary observations. Some are swift sketches of fields or horizons, others are slower studies of lichen and flowers in Antarctica, or lines of quartz in granite in Cornwall. The depth of feeling and knowledge Hughes has for different terrains and climates underpins the beauty of this essential and inspiring selection of notebooks.
Publishing details: Thames and Hudson Ltd, 2024, 176pp
Ref: 1000
Fuller Helenview full entry
Reference: Helen Fuller
Tarntanya/Adelaide artist Helen Fuller is curious, inventive and willing to follow her compulsion to make, whatever the material. Over a long and extensive career, she has established a multidisciplinary practice encompassing a rich variety of painting, sculpture, installation and, in recent years, ceramics.

Driven by intuition and materiality, she approaches ceramics in a manner she likens to painting, concerned with the characteristics of form rather than the function of the vessel. Unfailingly experimental, she describes her instinct as 'off-road'.

Her art is influenced by her travels in Australia, Europe, Asia, Scandinavia, and the United Kingdom, but is also intensely personal to her own family history and life. In Helen Fuller, the first major publication devoted entirely to Fuller's work, the authors explore aspects of her fifty years of practice and a life of art.

Publishing details: Wakefield Press, 136 pages, 28 x 20 cm, Ross Wolfe, Sasha Grbich, Glenn Barkley, Helen
Ref: 1000
McDougall Wendyview full entry
Reference: The Music Photography of Wendy Mcdougall: It's Only Rock'n'roll But I Like It
This book was assembled after an identically-titled exhibition of her photos was held in April and May of 2019 (in Sydney and Melbourne). A photo from The Church's Heyday (1986) cover shoot was featured in the exhibit and in this book. It is a slightly different photo from the one used on the album cover. Also featured in the book is a montage of Steve Kilbey portraits, which was also used on the cover of No Certainty Attached: Steve Kilbey and The Church by Robert Dean Lurie (2009).

Publishing details: Megacity Publication Design, 2019, 192 pages
Ref: 1000
Kean Roslynview full entry
Reference: The Art of Roslyn Kean  by Sasha Grishin.
Roslyn Kean is one of Australia’s most respected and admired printmakers. Whereas many artists of her generation were inspired by the modernist mythology of the rejection of tradition and proceeded to overthrow the prevailing norms in art, Kean in her art practice sought to embrace an ancient printmaking tradition and to give it new life within a contemporary context.
After initial art training in Sydney followed by further study at The Slade in London, it was while studying in Tokyo and already aged in her early thirties, that Kean was completely seduced by traditional Japanese woodblock printmaking – mokuhanga – and became deeply immersed in Japanese cultural traditions. Now, almost forty years later, Kean is an internationally recognised practitioner of mokuhanga and is revered by her peers as an outstanding print artist, an inspirational teacher and a sage.
When Kean developed her expertise in mokuhanga techniques and became deeply immersed in Japanese cultural traditions, 
she also brought with her a passion for geometry and colour into her artmaking.

About the Author
Sasha Grishin AM, FAHA is an Emeritus Professor at the Australian National University in Canberra, who works internationally as an art historian, art critic and curator. He studied at the universities of Melbourne, Moscow, London and Oxford and has served several terms as visiting scholar at Harvard University. In 2004 he was elected Fellow of the Australian Academy of the Humanities, in 2005 he was awarded the Order of Australia (AM) for services to Australian art and art history and in 2008 was awarded a Citation for Outstanding Contribution to Student Learning. He has published over thirty books and over two thousand articles and catalogue essays dealing with various aspects of art. In 2013 his massive Australian Art: A history was published by Melbourne University Publishing. In 2015, his monographs on John Wolseley (Thames and Hudson), Inge King (Macmillan) and S.T. Gill (National Library of Australia) were published. In 2022 his books on Erwin Fabian (Australian Galleries), Murray Walker (Beagle Press) and Joyce Evans (National Library of Australia) appeared in print.


Publishing details: Beagle Press, 2025, 204pp
Ref: 1ppp
Artists by Artistsview full entry
Reference: Artists by Artists - Australia’s most exciting artistic pairings creating original portraits of each other.[to be indexed]
This is art in the making – a dynamic and intimate exploration of Australia’s most engaging artists capturing each other in portraiture. In this ambitious endeavour, fifty artists are thoughtfully paired, offering a rare glimpse into their artistic processes and personal connections.
Through striking imagery and candid conversations, readers are invited into the shared creative space where each brushstroke, pencil line or camera click reveals not just a physical likeness, but the inspirations, histories and artistic philosophies that bind these visionaries together. Archival materials and personal reflections trace each artist’s journey.
As insightful as it is diverse, Artists by Artists is a conversation that unfolds from the sofa to the studio, from the spoken word to the painted canvas. It is an essential document of Australia’s contemporary art scene.
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia Pty Ltd, 2025, 208pp
Ref: 1000
Young Johnview full entry
Reference: John Young: The History Projects. Edited by Olivier Krischer.
Between 2005 and 2019, Hong Kong-born Australian artist John Young Zerunge created 11 art series which he called ‘The History Projects’.
This book is a critical guide to this expansive body of artworks, which explore diasporic memory, transcultural identity, and what Young describes as an ‘ethical responsibility’ towards the past.
Featuring more than 400 images, and a wide variety of texts – including new essays and interviews, key republished articles, poetry, artist reflections, and diary pages – this book is a definitive reference for Young’s transformative recent practice and its urgent reckoning with history as unfinished business.
With contributions from:
John Young, Olivier Krischer, Carolyn Barnes, John Clark, Venita Poblocki, Caroline Turner, Jen Webb, Sylvia D. Volz, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Wolfgang Huber, Anette Simojoki , Thomas J. Berghuis, Jacquline Lo, Marc Glöde, Brian Castro, Jennifer Mackenzie, Claire Hielscher, Nadia Rhook, Cyrus Tang, Pei Pei He, Sophie Loy-Wilson, Mikala Tai, Matt Cox, Claire Roberts, Aaron Seeto
Publishing details: Power Publications, 2025, Hardback / 440pp
Ref: 1000
Zerunge John Youngview full entry
Reference: see John Young: The History Projects. Edited by Olivier Krischer.
Between 2005 and 2019, Hong Kong-born Australian artist John Young Zerunge created 11 art series which he called ‘The History Projects’.
This book is a critical guide to this expansive body of artworks, which explore diasporic memory, transcultural identity, and what Young describes as an ‘ethical responsibility’ towards the past.
Featuring more than 400 images, and a wide variety of texts – including new essays and interviews, key republished articles, poetry, artist reflections, and diary pages – this book is a definitive reference for Young’s transformative recent practice and its urgent reckoning with history as unfinished business.
With contributions from:
John Young, Olivier Krischer, Carolyn Barnes, John Clark, Venita Poblocki, Caroline Turner, Jen Webb, Sylvia D. Volz, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Wolfgang Huber, Anette Simojoki , Thomas J. Berghuis, Jacquline Lo, Marc Glöde, Brian Castro, Jennifer Mackenzie, Claire Hielscher, Nadia Rhook, Cyrus Tang, Pei Pei He, Sophie Loy-Wilson, Mikala Tai, Matt Cox, Claire Roberts, Aaron Seeto
Publishing details: Power Publications, 2025, Hardback / 440pp
Clayton Fayview full entry
Reference: a painting in the National Museum of Australia:
Motherproof Fence about 2012
by Fay Clayton
Wiradjuri people, New South Wales acrylic on canvas
The fence on the hill at Coota(mundra)
Girls Home separated us from our loved one.
At every opportunity, I would take my younger sisters to the fence and gaze out ... hoping and praying our Mother would come and take us home.
Fay Clayton, 2012
McDinny Nancy view full entry
Reference: woks respresented in National Museum of Australia iunclude:
The art of remembering
In Big Boss with Whip Borroloola-based artist Nancy McDinny recalls her family's mistreatment on Eva Downs station in 1955.
Big Boss with Whip 2006 by Nancy McDinny acrylic on canvas
National Museum of Australia
Ball Percival (1845-1900)view full entry
Reference: see Freeman's | Hindman auction,
1550 W Carroll Ave
60607 Chicago IL, 15.10.25, lot 1273:
Percival BALL (1845-1900)
Bacchus (1876)
 

Lot # 1273 - Bidding information
Sculpture-Volume
Marble
76 cm
Estimate: € 8,551 - € 12,827 ($ 10,000 - $ 15,000 )
European Furniture & Decorative Arts
15 oct 2025


Freeman's | Hindman
1550 W Carroll Ave
60607 Chicago IL
United States
See auction details
Details
Signed dated located "Roma" / verso
Provenance: Sotheby's, New York, February 1 2019, Lot 565.


Cook’s Endeavour Journalview full entry
Reference: Cook's Endeavour journal : the inside story / National Library of Australia. • Includes index. Bibliography: p. 180-181.
Publishing details: Canberra : National Library of Australia, 2008
194 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), charts, coat of arms, facsims., maps, plans, ports.
Bull Knutview full entry
Reference: With Peter Walerk Fine Art, September, 2025:
KNUT GEELMUYDEN BULL (Australian 1811-1889) 
Portrait of William Watchorn (1797-1854), circa 1850. 
Oil on board.
31 x 23.5cm 
In original musk frame constructed by Robin Hood, the Hobart frame maker.
Sitters name on old label verso.

PROVENANCE: 
Deutscher-Menzies, Melbourne, May 1st, 2002 (part lot 51) where attributed to Robert Dowling (1827-1886), and where subject identified (erroneously) as James William Henry Walch (1788-1852) 
LITERATURE: 
Artist in Early Australia and Their Portraits, Eve Buscombe, Eureka Research, Sydney, 1978, pp.291 & 291.1 (illus.) where attributed variously to Thomas Bock, Knut Bull and Robert Dowling.
 
A photograph of this portrait is held in the collection of the State Library of Tasmania at, Image Number:PH30-1-1598.

$8,800 incl GST

William Watchorn was the proprietor of Watchorn's Store, Liverpool Street, Hobart. He and his wife Susannah emigrated to Tasmania in 1825. Watchorn's Store (also trading as Wellington Stores) was established soon after. A lithograph of Watchorn's Stores dated 1834 is attributed to Thomas Bock.
 
This painting was confirmed as being by Knut Bull in discussions about this painting and its various attributions with the late David Hansen (who was the recognised expert on early Australian portraiture) in 2023. David noted that Nevin Hurst had discussed the work with him and they both had agreed that all the attributes of Knut Bull’s work could be found in it. Of particular note David felt was the hands and Bull’s lack of talent in painting them as the fingers usually looked like thick sausages! Nevin Hirst lists the work by Knut Bull in a valuation dated 2021.

For a related work see Deutscher & Hackett 28th April 2010, lot 103 (illus.), watercolour of Willaim Watchorn attributed to Knut Bull. This artwork is now held in the collection of Allport Library and Museum of Fine Art, Tasmania and was purchased from Chris Day Gallery, Sydney in 2010.




Cooke Albert C 1836 - 1902view full entry
Reference: With Peter Walker Fine Art, September, 2025:: Pulpit Rock, Cape Schank, Vic., circa 1870.
23 x 34 cm.
Watercolour.

$1,850 incl GST

*An original drawing for the engraving that appeared in the Illustrated Australian News, Jan 31, 1870. Further research available.
Hamilton-Smith Lieutenant Colonel Charles(1776-1859)view full entry
Reference: With Peter Walker Fine Art, September, 2025:
Four early views of Australia:
Campbells River, South of Bathurst: The Jenolan Caves: Illawarra, Coast of N.S.W: Illawarra Region.
The works each have an old label verso attributing them to the British artist Lieutenant Colonel Charles Hamilton-Smith (1776-1859). However, it is quite possible that they were done by his son Captain Charles Ferdinand Hamilton-Smith
(1809 Britain - Australia 1862), who came to Australia in 1835. They are very similar in colour and technique to his known works such as, Whitsunday Island, auctioned by Deutscher and Hackett in 2008. Several of the views are after known images by artists such as Lewin.

Each watercolour on paper with faded original inscription below the image.
Image: 21 x 31 cm. Framed: 45 x 53 cm.

$1,850 for the group (4) incl GST

Charles Ferdinand, son of Lieutenant-Colonel Charles Hamilton Smith, arrived in Sydney 1835. He took up a grant of land on the Hunter River, N.S.W. and was to spend the rest of his life in Australia. He had been taught drawing by his father which he continued to do, sending back many works to his father in England who was an avid collector of natural history and art from the then newer colonies. 
Hamilton-Smith Captain Charles Ferdinand
(1809 Britain - Australia 1862), view full entry
Reference: With Peter Walker Fine Art, September, 2025:
Four early views of Australia:
Campbells River, South of Bathurst: The Jenolan Caves: Illawarra, Coast of N.S.W: Illawarra Region.
The works each have an old label verso attributing them to the British artist Lieutenant Colonel Charles Hamilton-Smith (1776-1859). However, it is quite possible that they were done by his son Captain Charles Ferdinand Hamilton-Smith
(1809 Britain - Australia 1862), who came to Australia in 1835. They are very similar in colour and technique to his known works such as, Whitsunday Island, auctioned by Deutscher and Hackett in 2008. Several of the views are after known images by artists such as Lewin.

Each watercolour on paper with faded original inscription below the image.
Image: 21 x 31 cm. Framed: 45 x 53 cm.

$1,850 for the group (4) incl GST

Charles Ferdinand, son of Lieutenant-Colonel Charles Hamilton Smith, arrived in Sydney 1835. He took up a grant of land on the Hunter River, N.S.W. and was to spend the rest of his life in Australia. He had been taught drawing by his father which he continued to do, sending back many works to his father in England who was an avid collector of natural history and art from the then newer colonies. 
Swainson William 1789-1855view full entry
Reference: With Peter Walker Fine Art, September, 2025:
William Swainson, 1789-1855. 
Three rare early Australian botanical studies

William Swainson was given the post of Botanical Surveyor by the Victorian Government in 1852 and completed his report in 1853.

Bannana Tree in Fruit, Ash Island, River Hunter, Australia, 1851 (left) 
Pencil on Paper.
Signed and dated lower left and titled lower right.
21.5 x 16 cm 

$745 incl GST

Casuarina prisilla, Dandenong, Port Phillip, Victoria, circa 1852 (centre)
Pencil on green paper.
Initialed and inscribed with foliage description and title.
19 x 12.5 cm. Tipped in titled sheet 26.5 x 21 cm.
This work is framed in a Birdseye maple frame, 38 x 31 cm. 

$845 incl GST

Cabbage Palm, Ash Island, NSW, 1851 (right)
Pencil on Paper.
Signed and dated lower left and titled lower right.
27.5 x 22 cm.

$685 incl GST

Blackman Charlesview full entry
Reference: Schoolgirl takes a flip, by Charles BVlackman
Publishing details: Melbourne : the artist, 1979]. Flipbook, 46 x 127 mm, printed card wrappers (there are a number of different colour versions), staple rusted, 18 leaves, being pictorial cards forming a moving image by flipping the leaves. Blackman created two flip books in 1979, Schoolgirl takes a flip and Hat takes a holiday
Ref: 1000
Blackman Charlesview full entry
Reference: Schoolgirl takes a holiday, by Charles BVlackman
Publishing details: Melbourne : the artist, 1979]. Flipbook, 46 x 127 mm, printed card wrappers (there are a number of different colour versions), staple rusted, 18 leaves, being pictorial cards forming a moving image by flipping the leaves. Blackman created two flip books in 1979, Schoolgirl takes a flip and Hat takes a holiday
Ref: 1000
Nisbet Hume with biographical detailsview full entry
Reference: The Matador, and other recitative pieces. By Hume Nisbett.
tered in gilt and brown; top edge cut and gilded, fore- and bottom edges uncut; silk moire endpapers; statement on limitation page reads ‘This Edition is limited to Twelve Copies, of which this is No. 6 [in ms.], Hume Nisbet [signature in full]’; frontispiece original watercolour signed and dated in the image ‘Hume Nisbet 1893‘, title with vignette lithographed illustration (off-setting from tissue guard), pp. xii, 185, [2 Press opinions]; a fine example.
A very scarce limited edition of this collection of verse by Scottish-born writer, artist and traveller Hume Nisbet (1849-1923), containing an original watercolour by him. 
Nisbet was a prolific author who published no fewer than 40 novels between 1888 and 1905. He was a great traveller, and closely associated with Australia: in the mid 1860s, as a young man, he made his first visit to the Antipodes, where he spent seven years in Melbourne, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the South Sea Islands, painting, sketching, writing poetry and stories, and making notes for future work. Much of his later fiction writing is based on his experiences during this period. Nisbet managed to pursue an artistic career as well as a literary one: in the mid 1870s in Edinburgh he worked as a scene-painter; in 1878-85 he taught freehand drawing at the Watt Institution and School of Arts; and he also exhibited oil and watercolour paintings at the Royal Scottish Academy. Nisbet would again visit Australia (and New Guinea) in 1886, and Australia for a third time in 1895.
The Matador contains Nisbet’s grotesque poem The Legend of Kum-Kum, about a Chinese immigrant in Far North Queensland who joins the crew of a blackbirding vessel. The skipper poisons him with arsenic, pickles his body in rum and preserves it in a jar; later, when the jar falls into the hands of New Guinea cannibals, they consume the pickled corpse – and the arsenic.
Trove locates no copies of the deluxe issue of The Matador. 
[From Douglas Stewart Fine Books]
Publishing details: London : Hutchinson & Co., 1893. Deluxe edition, limited to 12 numbered and signed copies containing an original watercolour drawing by the author. Small quarto (220 x 180 mm), publisher’s vellum over boards (rubbed) with pictorial device and gilt lettering to upper board, spine lettered in gilt and brown; top edge cut and gilded
Ref: 1000
Vassilieff Danilaview full entry
Reference: Danila Vassilieff : gouaches, water colours, stone carvings Catalogue of 94 works.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Joseph Brown Gallery, 1974. Quarto, illustrated white wrappers, [pp. 8], 6 grayscale images.
Ref: 1000
Stokes Constanceview full entry
Reference: Constance Stokes



Publishing details: Melbourne : Eastgate Gallery, 1993. Quarto, exhibition catalogue, folded sheet, , pp. [6], illustrated, catalogue of 47 works, biography,
Ref: 1000
Stokes Constanceview full entry
Reference: Constance Stokes : in celebration of the female form


Publishing details: Melbourne : Eastgate Gallery, n.d.. Quarto, exhibition catalogue, illustrated wrappers, pp. [4], catalogue of 35 works.

Ref: 1000
Stokes Constanceview full entry
Reference: Constance Stokes : paintings & drawings
42 works, biography,
Publishing details: Melbourne : Australian Galleries, 1981. Octavo, exhibition catalogue, folded sheet, pp. [4], illustrated cover,
Ref: 1000
Forthun Louise view full entry
Reference: Louise Forthun exhibition, Sculpture · Painting  21 Oct - 08 Nov 2025. Charles Nodrum Gallery,
FORTHUN FAVOURS THE BRAVE
FIONA GRUBER

The most striking aspect of Louise Forthun’s work in this exhibition is its intense relationship with texture. This texture is found in her free-standing crumpled bronzes and paper pieces, in her urgent, dragged and spattered oils from the early 2000s, and in her current explorations using synthetic polymer. These latter works, on paper and canvas, are from 2025, and their pointy, furrowed, and slabby surfaces combine two radically opposite perspectives; the tectonic view frame gained by vast distance and the rugged detail of very close; a satellite looking down on a planet, combined with the clarity of a surface under a microscope.

Colour comes second but it’s the other actor in the drama, a call and response to the surface. There are works in single colours, heavy blues and blacks, and clotting reds that are carried through in works more than 20 years apart. In these works, both in the early 2000s and on more recent canvases, there’s an urgency in the paint’s application, with the vigour of broad brushstrokes, the drag of a palette knife or the spurt of a spray gun, letting the paint skim the surface like toile, or saturate it with a sudden pulse across the rugged white expanse.

In the folded, scrunched works on paper, colours are more measured, shading into each other and taking on the quilty, pillowy hues of a satin bedspread. We also find Forthun’s signature exploration of repetition and pattern making, but in all the works there is a looseness. This is spontaneous, serendipitous Forthun, exploring new frontiers and revisiting older ones.
When this exhibition with Charles Nodrum Gallery was mooted, Forthun was keen to show how, alongside tight, precise work, her practice encompasses bold, fast work too, and works on a smaller scale. Some of these works will come as a surprise to fans of Forthun’s architectural, urban landscapes. Those large canvases, which have dominated her practice for the past three decades, are meticulously executed, using multiple stencils that can take up to a year to make. They contain a depth that acknowledges the palimpsestic layering of human city-scape construction. But those with knowledge of her work stretching back to the early days, will recognise Forthun’s pursuit of texture, of scuffing up and crevassing the surface of a canvas; the acrylic polymer she uses today harks back to very early works, while at the Victorian College of the Arts in the 1980s, where she created texture on timber panels using Polyfilla. “So there was a history,” she says, “which predates the stencil works.” The desire for images on top of these bumpy surfaces led to the use of stencils, but over the years, she has been constrained by a growing technicality and, she says “I felt I’d got to the stage where everything was figured out beforehand, and I wasn’t making mistakes, and playing with accidents; I wanted to recapture that somehow.”
In the current exhibition, the crumpled bronzes and paper works she has been making over the past two years are the bridge between the older and newest works, and the route she has taken to recapturing the serendipity of her early years. This left-turn in her practice came about after one of her frequent visits to Japan, just before the emergence of Covid-19 in 2020. It speaks to an interest in Japanese crafts and pattern making that Forthun discovered during an Australia Council studio residency in Tokyo in 1992. Inspired by that culture’s long and profound creativity with paper, Forthun revisited the possibilities of the material, folding and scrunching the sheets and then opening them out, using different types and weights, large and small, and adding foil and crêpe to the menu. Some of these explorations resulted in sculptures, cast in bronze and using the lost wax technique.  Some became framed works on paper. With the crumpled bronzes and crumpled paper pieces, the dialogue between texture and colour is more lyrical, the transitions of hue more nuanced. There is also a delicate tension between the cool precision of each sculpture’s edges and its coated surfaces; the folds, unfolded, are revelations of light and shade. This is origami unleashed.
There are other Japanese influences at play here too, including the Gutai Art Association, an avant-garde artists’ movement founded in 1954 that pioneered radical ideas around performance and conceptual art. It had an anti-art element, that resonates with Forthun’s ambivalent relationship with how and why she makes art. Alongside Gutai, there are other artists in the abstract and minimalist fields who’ve also been an interest; Jackson Pollock and Henri Matisse are two and a third is the Hungarian-French artist Simon Hantai (1922-2008). Hantai’s work included pliage, which involved folding the canvas and then painting it. The unfolded work then revealed blank spaces interspersed by splashes of colour.

And so we come back to Forthun’s own explorations into uneven, unplanned surfaces, and what happens when you add colour. “I wanted to reproduce the shifting structures and textures of the paper,” she explains, “but bring it back onto the canvas. And when I first did these, I had no idea what they were about, and I was terrified. But I knew I just wanted to create a texture.” Experimentation reigns: with this exhibition, Forthun is thoroughly in charge of the texture of serendipity.

Fiona Gruber is a writer, broadcaster and producer of audio documentaries on the arts.

Publishing details: harles Nodrum Gallery, , 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Lade Owenview full entry
Reference: A Prophet is not without Honour - The Portraits of Owen Gower Lade, Chameleon Contemporary Art Space, Hobart, 2nd August - 1st September 1990,
Publishing details: Chameleon Contemporary Art Space, 1990
Ref: 1009
Mackennal Bertram Atalanta circa 1925 details and biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian & International Art, Gibson'sauction, October 19, 2025, lot 109:
BERTRAM MACKENNAL (1863-1931)
Atalanta circa 1925, cast circa 1985
bronze
incised on base: Mackennal
Morris Singer foundry stamp to base
66cm high, 70cm wide, 17.5cm deep

PROVENANCE
Acquired by the present owner, circa 1995

EXHIBITED
Royal Academy, London, 1925, cat. no. 1414 (another example)
Exhibition of Bronzes by Sir Bertram Mackennal, K.C.V.O., R.A., Macquarie Galleries, Sydney, 7-20 Oct 1926, cat. no. 3 (as Atlanta [sic], another example)
Memorial Exhibition of Statuettes by the Late Sir Bertram Mackennal, K.C.V.O., R.A., Fine Art Society, London, May 1932, cat. no. 29 (another example)
Commemorative Exhibition of Works by Late Members, Winter Exhibition, Royal Academy, London, 1933, cat. no. 262 (another example)
Aspects of Australian Art 1900-1940: A Touring Exhibition from the Collection of the Australian National Gallery, Rockhampton Art Gallery, Queensland, 21 June - 21 July 1978; James Cook University of North Queensland, Queensland, 4-25 August 1978; Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory, Darwin, 11 September - 4 October 1978; Broken Hill Art Gallery, New South Wales, 19 October - 1 November 1978; Art Gallery of Western Australia, Perth, 6 December 1978 - 7 January 1979; McClelland Art Gallery, Victoria, 17 January - 17 February 1979; Mornington Peninsula Arts Centre, Victoria, 28 February - 24 March 1979; La Trobe Valley Arts Centre, Victoria, 10 April - 11 May 1979; Sale Regional Arts Centre, Victoria, 17 May - 15 June 1979; Monash University, Melbourne, 26 June - 21 July 1979, cat. no. 12 (another example)
Reflections: Important Australian Artists 1830-1940, Tom Silver Fine Art, Melbourne, 20-31 March 1983 (illus. exhibition catalogue, another example)
The New Sculpture in Australia, McClelland Sculpture Park + Gallery, Victoria, 5 May - 5 June 1987, cat. no. 30 (as Atlanta [sic], another example)

LITERATURE
Royal Academy Illustrated, Royal Academy, London, 1925, p. 129 (illus., another example)
The Times, London, 4 May 1925, p. 18 (illus., another example)
The Sydney Morning Herald, Sydney, 7 October 1926, p. 14
Moore, W., The Story of Australian Art, Angus & Robertson, Sydney, 1934, vol.II, pp. 81-82
Gleeson, J., Aspects of Australian Art 1900-40, Australian National Gallery, Canberra, 1978, p. 20 (illus., another example)
Edwards, D., Stampede of the Lower Gods: Classical Mythology in Australian Art, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 1989, pp. 223-234 (illus. p. 65, another example)
Edwards, D., 'Some Ideas on Classicism and Australian Sculpture', The Australian Antique Collector, no.41, January - June 1991, p. 80 (illus., another example)
Edwards, D., Bertram Mackennal: The Fifth Balnaves Foundation Sculpture Project, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 2007, pp. 79-80, 172 (illus. p. 81, another example)
Edwards, D. & Mimmocchi, D., Bertram Mackennal: Catalogue Raisonné [CD-ROM], Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 2007 (illus., another example)
Winter Collection, James Makin Gallery, Melbourne, 17 July – 9 August, 2008

ESSAY
Atalanta represents a compelling feminine figure in Homeric mythology, a tenacious hunteress revered for her athleticism. Her fable has inspired a plethora of artists throughout history. Bertram Mackennal's Atalanta radiates timeless elegance and has received abundant praise from critics and collectors. Conceived in 1925, the past century has not diminished the fluidity of her movement or sense of lightness in her step, which deftly contests the weighty bronze from which she is made. Her poise and grace epitomise the naturalism associated with the ‘New Sculpture' movement to which Mackennal adhered and which emerged from London in the 1890s. From the first exhibition of this work in 1926, a stream of exhibitions has highlighted the significance of this bronze to European and Australian audiences throughout the 20th and 21st centuries.

Born in Fitzroy, Melbourne, in 1864, Mackennal spent a significant portion of his adult life and artistic career in Paris and London. Despite his physical distance, his success was always felt in Australia as a source of national pride, and his return trips to Australia were regularly noted in the local newspapers. The artist's 1926 solo exhibition at the Macquarie Galleries in Sydney garnered extensive media coverage and was met with resounding acclaim. Matthew MacNally expressed his deep admiration for the master sculptor, ‘Here is Atalanta in full stride, with grace personified. She races, arm outstretched, her rounded limbs throbbing with muscular effort. It is a priceless effort in depicting movement.' He praised the entire offering emphatically, ‘..the eye is entranced and the mind amazed at the genius, the virility, of this famous man.' [1] After completing commissions in Melbourne and Adelaide, Mackennal returned to his home in England. He passed away not long after, in 1931. In recapping his life's achievements, The Sydney Morning Herald noted the significance of the 1926 exhibition. ‘When he visited his native country, in 1926, the Sydney public had an opportunity of studying his masterful art in the collection of bronzes and plasters in his exhibition at the Macquarie Galleries. Four full-length figures, clad in heavy mourning robes, standing in attitudes of grief, were part of the design he prepared for the tomb of King Edward VII in the Chapel Royal. "Atalanta" was remarkably vigorous in the full sweep of movement. "Diana Wounded" was superb in the poise of the head, and there was the head of Sara Bernhardt, in relief. These may be chosen as typical of his animation, perfect modelling, and grace of line.' [2]

Atalanta balances at the meridian of Mackennal's career. 1926 was a prosperous year for the masterful craftsman, with designs for numerous public statues and murals underway or in development. It is unsurprising, then, that only two castings of Atalanta were made during the artist's lifetime, out of an anticipated twelve. One is in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia, with a provenance that dates only from 1977, in the possession of M. N. Campey, who sold it to the gallery in September that year. The NGA edition toured nationally in the 1979 exhibition Aspects of Australia. Another cast was held in the artist's estate, loaned by Lady Mackennal in 1932-33 for a memorial exhibition at the Royal Academy of Arts in London. After her passing in 1946, the work was retained in private ownership by the artist's daughter. In addition to the two original castings, several recastings of Atalanta were issued by Morris Singer Foundry, London, from 1979 onwards with the express permission of the artist's estate. The rarity of this esteemed work enhances the sculpture's allure, making this bronze hunteress a pièce de résistance for the discerning collector.

Sarah Garrecht

Footnotes:
1. Matthew J Macnally, Inspired Sculpture: Sir Betram Mackennal's Work {A great Australian}, The Daily Telegraph, Wednesday, October 6, 1926, p. 8
2. The Art of Mackennal, Sydney Morning Herald 17 October 1931, figure in Greek mythology, has inspired numerous p. 12
Artist or Maker
Bertram Mackennal
Condition Report
All lots are offered for sale on an ‘as is’ basis. Catalogue and condition report statements are matters of opinion, not fact, and do not constitute a representation, warranty, or liability by Gibson’s. Bidders should inspect lots personally, or through a knowledgeable representative. The absence of a condition statement does not imply a lot is free from faults, defects, or restoration. Neither Gibson’s nor the Seller is responsible for errors or omissions in the catalogue or supplemental material. Condition report requests are addressed in order of receipt during the viewing period and may take time to process.
Grier Edmund Wyly (1862-1957) view full entry
Reference: see Parker Fine Art Auctions, UK, 9.10.2025, lot 113:
Edmund Wyly Grier (1862-1957) Australian/Canadian. A Young Girl Reading Seated in an Oak Chair, Oil on canvas, Signed and dated 1887, 44" x 34" (111.7 x 86.4cm)
Bateman Collection - A Survey view full entry
Reference: A Survey of The Bateman Collection, Australian Colonial Furniture and Folk Art. By William Petsalis and E. J. C. Bateman.
Over 350 full-colour images of rare and remarkable pieces [To be indexed]
• Chapters covering formal, country, and folk-art styles
• Contextual commentary from a conservator’s perspective

This timeless publication pays tribute to Australia's rich heritage in furniture and folk art. A Survey of The Bateman Collection is a definitive reference for collectors, curators, historians and design enthusiasts.
The volume showcases one of the most significant private collections of Australian colonial furniture and folk art ever assembled, an extraordinary visual and historical record of formal and country craftsmanship from the 19th and early 20th centuries.
A collector's item in its own right, the handsome 32.5 cm x 24.5 cm book is limited to 250 individually signed and numbered copies, with 290 pages of meticulous research, insights and provenance, beautifully illustrated with 350 high-quality full-colour images, hardbound in a bespoke slipcase with gold foil lettering.
This is a rare opportunity to own a landmark publication that elevates and preserves an essential chapter in Australian decorative arts history.
Price: $550 AUD includes tracked postage Australia-wide.
Publishing details: . J. C. Bateman, 2025, hc, limited edition of 250 copies, 290pp
Ref: 1000
furnitureview full entry
Reference: see A Survey of The Bateman Collection, Australian Colonial Furniture and Folk Art. By William Petsalis and E. J. C. Bateman.
Over 350 full-colour images of rare and remarkable pieces.
• Chapters covering formal, country, and folk-art styles
• Contextual commentary from a conservator’s perspective

This timeless publication pays tribute to Australia's rich heritage in furniture and folk art. A Survey of The Bateman Collection is a definitive reference for collectors, curators, historians and design enthusiasts.
The volume showcases one of the most significant private collections of Australian colonial furniture and folk art ever assembled, an extraordinary visual and historical record of formal and country craftsmanship from the 19th and early 20th centuries.
A collector's item in its own right, the handsome 32.5 cm x 24.5 cm book is limited to 250 individually signed and numbered copies, with 290 pages of meticulous research, insights and provenance, beautifully illustrated with 350 high-quality full-colour images, hardbound in a bespoke slipcase with gold foil lettering.
This is a rare opportunity to own a landmark publication that elevates and preserves an essential chapter in Australian decorative arts history.
Price: $550 AUD includes tracked postage Australia-wide.
Publishing details: . J. C. Bateman, 2025, hc, limited edition of 250 copies, 290pp
folk artview full entry
Reference: see A Survey of The Bateman Collection, Australian Colonial Furniture and Folk Art. By William Petsalis and E. J. C. Bateman.
Over 350 full-colour images of rare and remarkable pieces.
• Chapters covering formal, country, and folk-art styles
• Contextual commentary from a conservator’s perspective

This timeless publication pays tribute to Australia's rich heritage in furniture and folk art. A Survey of The Bateman Collection is a definitive reference for collectors, curators, historians and design enthusiasts.
The volume showcases one of the most significant private collections of Australian colonial furniture and folk art ever assembled, an extraordinary visual and historical record of formal and country craftsmanship from the 19th and early 20th centuries.
A collector's item in its own right, the handsome 32.5 cm x 24.5 cm book is limited to 250 individually signed and numbered copies, with 290 pages of meticulous research, insights and provenance, beautifully illustrated with 350 high-quality full-colour images, hardbound in a bespoke slipcase with gold foil lettering.
This is a rare opportunity to own a landmark publication that elevates and preserves an essential chapter in Australian decorative arts history.
Price: $550 AUD includes tracked postage Australia-wide.
Publishing details: . J. C. Bateman, 2025, hc, limited edition of 250 copies, 290pp
Colonial furniture and fold art artview full entry
Reference: see A Survey of The Bateman Collection, Australian Colonial Furniture and Folk Art. By William Petsalis and E. J. C. Bateman.
Over 350 full-colour images of rare and remarkable pieces.
• Chapters covering formal, country, and folk-art styles
• Contextual commentary from a conservator’s perspective

This timeless publication pays tribute to Australia's rich heritage in furniture and folk art. A Survey of The Bateman Collection is a definitive reference for collectors, curators, historians and design enthusiasts.
The volume showcases one of the most significant private collections of Australian colonial furniture and folk art ever assembled, an extraordinary visual and historical record of formal and country craftsmanship from the 19th and early 20th centuries.
A collector's item in its own right, the handsome 32.5 cm x 24.5 cm book is limited to 250 individually signed and numbered copies, with 290 pages of meticulous research, insights and provenance, beautifully illustrated with 350 high-quality full-colour images, hardbound in a bespoke slipcase with gold foil lettering.
This is a rare opportunity to own a landmark publication that elevates and preserves an essential chapter in Australian decorative arts history.
Price: $550 AUD includes tracked postage Australia-wide.
Publishing details: . J. C. Bateman, 2025, hc, limited edition of 250 copies, 290pp
Barak William view full entry
Reference: from Newstead Art website:
WILLIAM (KING BILLY) BARAK
BIOGRAPHY
William Barak was one of the seminal Indigenous artists of Australia’s early colonial period. His life and art were characterised by the duality inherent in his strong tribal identity and his status as an important intermediary in the cultural dialogue that took place between the black and white inhabitants of the early Victorian settlement. While he was renowned amongst early historians and anthropologists for his stories of Aboriginal life, his art became the vehicle he used toward the end of his life to express his continued sense of connection with traditional life. His paintings, principally created during the 1880s and 1890s, are essentially nostalgic in that his subject remained exclusively the life he had experienced prior to integration into colonial society. 

In 1835, at just 11 years of age, Barak attended the signing of John Batman’s treaty with his Wurundjeri clansmen, which led to the establishment of Melbourne. As a young man, he joined the Native Mounted Police, having left his community in 1844. At this time, the plight of Aboriginal people in colonial Australia had become parlous. 'The Noble Savage myth had collapsed,' wrote Robert Hughes in his first book, The Art of Australia 'and the native had become the butt of every colonial joke' (1966: 42). 

It had improved, though only marginally, by the time Barak was painting almost half a decade later. In the latter decades of the eighteenth century, Barak did not have a traditional society to return to. His people, the Wurundjeri, had suffered food deprivation and introduced diseases as a consequence of the pastorialisation of Port Phillip land. While Barak was perceived as a figure of successful Aboriginal integration, he used his position to the advantage of the surviving Aboriginal community of the time. Throughout his life, he was a seminal figure in the fight for land rights around the Port Phillip region – remarkable as one of the earliest formal claims to land rights in Australia. His argument to institute viable agricultural reserves was taken seriously by the local government in Melbourne, resulting in the establishment of the Corranderk Aboriginal Reserve on Badger Creek. Later, Barak instigated an investigation into the continuing problems in the region through the Corranderk inquiry of 1881, prompted by a proposal to remove the Aboriginal station in the area. 

Barak found himself accepted into a particularly high ranking white community at Corranderk, where he lived and painted in his later life. For a time, he lived with the De Pur family, and later the widow Ann Bon, both high ranking society names. Bon was crucial to the promotion of Barak’s art in Australia and overseas, sending several of his drawings back to England where they attracted some attention. What fascinated the public and buyers of the late nineteenth century was the anthropological aspect of Barak’s drawings, in line with the then prevailing interest in ‘primitivism’ and pre-colonial life. While it seems that Bon and the Dr Purs were motivated by genuine altruism, the envisaged 'promoter-protector' role of Bon sits somewhat awkwardly now; it is impossible to escape the fact that Barak lived with the De Purs out of some necessity. 

Despite his ongoing activism, the cast of Barak as a remnant of the traditional Aboriginal society of South-Eastern Australia, the last ‘noble savage’ even, continued to dominate his art. His painting of ceremony as a primary subject matter is inherently related to his personal struggle as an Aboriginal person estranged from his people. It is a story, which may be located, more generally, in the fight for land rights of the time. And yet, no explanation accompanies Barak’s drawings – he himself declined to elaborate on them – and, as a consequence, the deeper significance of his drawings has never been fully understood. It was only in the latter part of the twentieth century that their artistic merit was really recognised. Unlike the meanings inherent in the work of the contemporary Papunya Tula artists of the early 1970s, there was no Geoff Bardon to draw accompanying sketches illustrating the story behind their art; with Barak, meaning is often ambiguous, and the symbolism of his work varies greatly. However, in common with the Papunya artists a century later, Barak never painted his contemporary context. His entire oeuvre depicts the past as he looks back into pre-colonial times. The repetition of his subject matter, ceremony, as a recurring motif, is an expression of a culture that Barak had by then lost. It was accompanied by a deep feeling of longing and yearning. In Remembering Barak, his niece, Joy Murphy-Wandin wrote, ‘I see scars so deep they bring tears to my eyes and a crushing pain within my heart – a lonely, heartbroken man desperate for the return of his family, his people, and his culture’ (2003: 6). 

Despite the loss of their specific meaning from a contemporary perspective, Barak’s paintings are a direct visual translation of his traditional culture. They speak a complex visual language. Barak drew stylistically from the traditional visual art of South-eastern Australia. His composition is typically geometric, as human figures and animals are arranged in patterns so dense as to be evocative of chiaroscuro designs. The natural world is drawn as rather more a feature than a background to the composition – each item, flora or fauna, is totemic and bears significance, often in direct relation to the human figures. Aboriginal figures wearing possum skin cloaks are each imbued with an individual personality, such that no two figures are the same. Indeed, the small idiosyncrasies drawn into the figures and objects that appear in Barak’s work may be understood in terms of a symbolism grounded in traditional forms of representation. The designs that appear on the possum skin cloaks and carved weapons are characteristic of certain regions. ­Body markings are painted in the fashion of miny’ti (sacred designs) demarcating identity and place. Meaning is often ambiguous, where artefacts commonly hold multiple meanings that vary depending on the context and depicted usage. 

Barak worked with naturally occurring pigments, – charcoal, and red and yellow ochres – combining these with European colourants. Natural pigments ­­­­mixed in a wash with barium sulphate and ivory black allowed for a greater range of tone and intensity. The green and blue hues, which appear in several of Barak’s drawings, are probably European watercolours. Andrew Sayers (1994) draws an analogy between Barak’s method of combining these materials and the position of Barak himself, situated between his traditional life and European society. However, his use of colour is overwhelmingly restrained and, most commonly, executed in materials either from the earth or strongly related to it. 

Although largely forgotten or overlooked for almost a century, the figure of William Barak, the artist, has taken on an almost mythical status over the past decade. In the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, William Barak’s artworks were largely entered into museum collections in Europe, with the largest concentrations in the ethnographic museums of Neuchatel, Berlin and Dresden. 

In 2003 the National Gallery of Victoria staged the important exhibition, Remembering Barak, at the Ian Potter Centre, no doubt prompted by the recent surge of interest in Barak as a person of cultural significance in Australian art history, and the exponential increase in market demand for his work. However, those paintings and drawings still in private hands are rare indeed and it will only be the luckiest of collectors that will be fortunate to personally own one. 

© Adrian Newstead 

References:
Sayers, Andrew. Aboriginal Artists of the Nineteenth Century, Oxford University Press Australia and National Gallery of Australia, Melbourne. 1994.
Hughes, Robert. ‘The Art of Australia’, Penguin, Victoria, 1966.
Owen, Wendy (Ed). ‘Remembering Barak’, Ian Potter Centre, NGV Australia 2003
Ledger Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Forum Auctions, UK, 30.10.25, lot 145:
New Zealand.- Ledger (James J., of Bella Vista, Abbotsford - Melbourne, Australia) In Search of a Home at the Antipodes, manuscript, c. 144pp., photograph frontispiece of James J. Ledger and numerous small pen and ink drawings, all laid down on text, 2 photographs (Maoris New Zealand, New Zealand North Island) loosely inserted, front free endpaper and first f. small tears in margins, slightly browned throughout, original cloth, gilt, marked and faded, rebacked in modern card, sm. 4to, 1890.
 
*** Ledger has arranged this memoir into eleven chapters with a piece at end, Colonial jottings. He recalls his voyage on board the ship Cape Finisterre from London to Port Lyttelton, New Zealand. He describes life on board ship, the other passengers, the weather, an iceberg, the crew, and the various lands passed. Ledger's account continues to his experiences in New Zealand, and later voyage to Australia, and life in Melbourne.

Scott Eric
view full entry
Reference: see The Home, Vol. 10 No. 5 (1 May 1929):
CONCURRENTLY with the exhibition of French woodcuts,
•the Macquarie Galleries will show a collection of the etchings of Eric Scott, an Australian artist who has resided in Paris since the end of the war.
His prints are chiefly of French and Italian
subjects, and he has achieved a very great measure of success in America, where he is a member of the Chicago Society of Etchers.
His recent exhibition in Paris has been a very great success, and a show of his prints is now being held in the Art Institute at Chicago. The exhibition in Sydney will open early in May.
Woolner Thomas and Charles Darwinview full entry
Reference: see JG Autographs, Danvers, MA, United States, 6.10.25, lot 281: Thomas Woolner, sculptor and poet, autographed letter signed (ALS) to Charles Darwin, dated November 22, 1870. Writing to Darwin, Woolner describes reviewing work being done for a plaque, offering his artistic advice on adjustments to the molding and proportions. He comments thoughtfully on the design’s execution and closes with humor on the limitations of Wedgwood reproductions. Boldly signed “T. Woolner” at the conclusion.
Fine condition.
Thomas Woolner (1825–1892) was a British sculptor and poet, and the only sculptor among the founding members of the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood. He became widely known for his portrait busts and public monuments and enjoyed close associations with notable literary and scientific figures, including Alfred Tennyson and Charles Darwin. Woolner’s correspondence with Darwin reflects their shared interest in human expression and artistic representation, further cementing his legacy at the intersection of art and intellectual history.

Authentication:
Includes a full letter of authenticity from JG Autographs, Inc.

Redel Ernst view full entry
Reference: see Auktionshaus Franke auction, 18.10.25, Kalchreuther Straße 125 90411 Nürnberg, Germany, lot 1912: Redel, E. Ernst Redel 1943 Vienna - 2010 Nuremberg, "Höhenweg", oil/canvas, photorealistic fine painting, mountain landscape in early spring on a sunny day, signed lower right, inscribed in brass plate lower center, approx. 29.5x39cm, multi-profiled frame, gilded decorative strip, minimal scratches, approx. 43.5x54cm. Original invoice and exhibition brochure available.
Artist information: Attended the Academy of Fine Arts in Vienna, trained as a lithographer. He worked as a graphic artist in Switzerland and emigrated to Australia in 1966. Returned to Europe in 1972, living in Munich and finally Nuremberg. He created numerous works in fantastic realism (Viennese School), mainly landscapes.
Literature: Internet
Devlin Stuart view full entry
Reference: see Sworders auction, 21 Oct 2025 10:00 Devlin Stuart, Stansted Mountfitchet, Essex, lot 320: Stuart Devlin (Australian-British, 1931-2018),
a silver and silver-gilt cup and cover, London, 1967, the conical bowl engraved 'The Cup of The Vice-Chancellor', raised on a textured tapered stem and circular base, the lid of shallow convex form with a textured conical finial, engraved with the University of Nottingham crest, with original fitted box,
11.5cm diameter
29.5cm high, 25.5ozt

Provenance: The cup was commissioned by the University of Nottingham for the Vice Chancellor in 1967;
the David Rapley Collection.

Literature: Carole Devlin and Victoria Kate Simkin, 'Stuart Devlin: Designer Goldsmith Silversmith', ACC Art Books Ltd., 2018, pp.192-193 and 251.
Lukacs Lazloview full entry
Reference: see Churchill Auctions Ltd,m UK, 16.10.25, lot 35: Lazlo (Leslie) Lukacs Snr (Hungary/ Australia 1919-1998)
"Mountain View - Govetts Leap"
Oil on board
signed lower left and various labels verso including Kenneth Jones Gallery of Sydney 
in gilt frame, 
36cm x 29cm, image 21cm x 14cm
Duperrey Louis-Isidore view full entry
Reference: Voyage autour du monde, execute par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majeste, la Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825….. by Louis-Isidore Duperrey.
The voyage, led by Duperrey, concentrated on the exploration of the Pacific. Réné Lesson was the naturalist on the voyage. The Pacific islands visited were the Tuamotu Archipelago, Tahiti and the Society Islands, Tonga, Rotuma, the Gilbert and Caroline Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago. Australia was visited twice and also explorations made of New Zealand.
Hand-coloured engraving drawn by Lejeune and Chazal and engraved by Ambroise Tardieu printed by Remond.
Publishing details: Arthus Bertrand, Paris 1826.
Ref: 1000
Lejeune view full entry
Reference: see Voyage autour du monde, execute par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majeste, la Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825….. by Louis-Isidore Duperrey.
The voyage, led by Duperrey, concentrated on the exploration of the Pacific. Réné Lesson was the naturalist on the voyage. The Pacific islands visited were the Tuamotu Archipelago, Tahiti and the Society Islands, Tonga, Rotuma, the Gilbert and Caroline Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago. Australia was visited twice and also explorations made of New Zealand.
Hand-coloured engraving drawn by Lejeune and Chazal and engraved by Ambroise Tardieu printed by Remond.
Publishing details: Arthus Bertrand, Paris 1826.
Chazal view full entry
Reference: see Voyage autour du monde, execute par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majeste, la Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825….. by Louis-Isidore Duperrey.
The voyage, led by Duperrey, concentrated on the exploration of the Pacific. Réné Lesson was the naturalist on the voyage. The Pacific islands visited were the Tuamotu Archipelago, Tahiti and the Society Islands, Tonga, Rotuma, the Gilbert and Caroline Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago. Australia was visited twice and also explorations made of New Zealand.
Hand-coloured engraving drawn by Lejeune and Chazal and engraved by Ambroise Tardieu printed by Remond.
Publishing details: Arthus Bertrand, Paris 1826.
Contemporary Group cataloguesview full entry
Reference: 1928 [photocopy], 1930, 1933 [photocopy],1934,1935,1936,1937 [photocopy],1938 [photocopy],1939,1940, 1941, 1942, 1943, 1944, 1945 [photocopy], 1947, 1950, 1952 [photocopy], 1953 [photocopy], 1956, 1957.
File contains the following catalogues:-
Artists exhibiting in 1928 were Mildred Lovett, Margaret Preston, Thea Proctor, Grace Cossington-Smith, G.W. Lambert, Joseph Conner, John D. Moore, Kenneth MacQueen, Roi De Mestre [Roy De Maistre?], Aletta Lewis, Adelaide Perry, Roland Wakelin, George Bell.
Files contain material such as art exhibition catalogues, invitations, press clippings, media releases and/or other ephemeral items relating to Australian artists and galleries, where there are more than three artists exhibiting at the one exhibition. Other material may be collected under individual artists in the Australian Art and Artists file.
Notes
Group founded in 1926 in Sydney, New South Wales by George Lambert and Thea Proctor. Their annual exhibitions were held at various galleries including Macquarie Galleries, Farmer's Blaxland Galleries, Grosvenor Galleries, David Jones' Galleries.
Publishing details: information from NLA catalogue
Barak Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Conversation, 15.10.25: William Barak’s missing art: Wurundjeri Elders lead the search to reclaim lost cultural treasures, by Nikita Vanderbyl Honorary research fellow, Department Archaeology and History, La Trobe University, and Alice Kolasa Indigneous Knowledge Holder, Indigenous Knowledge
‘Esteemed ngurungaeta (headman) William Barak is well-known to Victorians as a leader and artist who witnessed the signing of the controversial Batman Treaty in 1835.
Walking between two worlds was a necessity for many Aboriginal men of Barak’s generation. Alongside his cousin Simon Wonga, he was influential in the early land rights struggles in the southeast of the continent.
Currently, three of Barak’s drawings are on display at the University of Melbourne’s Ian Potter Museum of Art, as part of the exhibition 65,000 Years: A Short History of Australian Art. They are presented alongside the work of his contemporaries, as well as various contemporary First Nations artists.
Barak is among a small group of Aboriginal artists from the 19th century whose names and artworks are traceable. But while 52 of his works are accounted for, potentially many more remain unaccounted for.
To address this, Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Elders are working with researchers to locate artworks by Barak that have disappeared from public view and the historical record....
Hammond Mary 1928-2025view full entry
Reference: obituary, Bridget McDonnell press release, 16.10.25:
Mary Hammond  1928-2025
I am very sad to inform you that our good friend and artist Mary Hammond died on the weekend.  "I'm still here!", she would greet me, whenever I would visit. She was 97 but always looked at least 10 years younger.

Mary spent a life time observing and drawing those around her, often with wit and compassion and always something to say. Best known for her depictions of women shopping, at Victoria Market, Preston market, Richmond market and the shopping strips of Fairfield and Northcote. When interviewed by my son Michael Timlin about 10 years ago  “What women did was not acknowledged as work. When there was a Census, there was no spot on the forms to put that you were a housewife or housekeeper. … That really stirred me up.”
“The Trades Hall had an art exhibition about the working class – an exhibition about workers. I put one in of a woman shopping. The Herald Sun art critic mentioned every name in the exhibition except me…even though mine was the first work sold. I wanted to draw attention to women shopping to be regarded as important."

Vic O'Connor first introduced me to Mary in 1990.  We have had many exhibitions and shown her work constantly since then. She was a collector and regular visitor to many galleries. We will miss her.
Lindsay Lional Etchings of old Sydneyview full entry
Reference: Etchings of old Sydney by Lionel Lindsay. 
A series of five Images. 
Reproduced engravings in photogravure from the original. 

1) The Girls High School (erected as a school and first used in 1823 as a court house. 1884 it became a high school for boys and girls Demolished 1921. 

2) The Old George Street Markets 

3) The Rocks 

4) Fort Dawes 

5) The Commissariat Stores
Publishing details: Published in Sydney by WC Penfold and Company circa. 1920. Five folded cards.
Ref: 1000
Perrottet George David (1890-1971) ten bookplates at auctionview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Rare Book Auctions, 26.10.25, lot 68:
Ten bookplates by George David Perrottet (1890-1971). Details as follows: 
• S.V. Hagley circa 1939. 
• Olympic gold medallist Frederick Claude Vivian Lane, around 1932. 
• H.B. Muir, around 1933. 
• An unidentified individual: “Sally’s Book” with an indigenous theme, 1942. 
• Rosemary Game, daughter of Governor General Sir Philip Game, 1934. 
• Ruth Penfold, 1940. 
• Far Angas, 1936. 
• Harrie Mortlock, 1933. 
• Ethleen Palmer, 1934, signed by Perrottet.
Hornel Edward Atkinson biographical detailsview full entry
Reference: see McTeer’s auction, Glasgow, 22.10.25, lot 790:
EDWARD ATKINSON HORNEL (SCOTTISH 1864 - 1933), A SPRING IDYLL
oil on canvas laid on board, signed and dated '09, titled label verso
framed, image size 55cm x 22cm, overall size 76cm x 42cm
Label verso: George Davidson Ltd., Glasgow.
Note: After returning from Japan, the vertical composition of the Yokohama shashin prints that Hornel collected is mirrored in the composition of a number of his paintings. He would paint full scenes and then crop them down, as if taking a snapshot of the most visually appealing area. 
Note 2: Edward Atkinson Hornel (pronounced Hornle) was born in Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, Australia, to Scottish parents, but he spent most of his life in Scotland after his family relocated to Kirkcudbright in 1866. In 1880, after finishing his education at Kirkcudbright Academy, 16-year-old Hornel started his art studies at the School of Art in Edinburgh, accompanied by his schoolmate William S MacGeorge. During this period, he resided with his older sister, Elizabeth, who worked as a teacher in the city. In 1882, he created his first painting, accepted by the Royal Scottish Academy, titled A Glimpse of Kirkcudbright. Hornel continued his education in Antwerp from 1883 to 1885, where he was mentored by the Belgian artist Charles Verlat, whom Hornel regarded as ‘the finest teacher that ever lived’. After finishing his studies in 1885, Hornel moved back to Kirkcudbright. He settled into the family home and set up a studio at 21 High Street. That same year, he met George Henry and became involved with the Glasgow Boys. Hornel and Henry worked together on The Druids Bringing in the Mistletoe (1890), depicting a procession of druidic priests carrying sacred mistletoe adorned with vibrant colours and gold. They worked closely to create a beautiful array of colours, with Hornel expertly applying different texture techniques like loading, scraping, roughening, smoothing, and staining. From 1893 to 1894, with support from William Burrell through their friend and art dealer Alexander Reid, the two artists spent a year and a half in Japan. There, Hornel learned a lot about decorative design and composition. Alexander Reid organised an exhibition in April 1895 showcasing Henry and Hornel’s Japanese works. The exhibition was quite successful, particularly with Sir John Stirling Maxwell (a founding member of the National Trust for Scotland) as a buyer. Hornel made significant contributions to his community while advancing his career as an artist. He was a member of the Education Committee from 1925 to 1928 and participated in various war memorial committees after World War I. From 1925 to 1933, he served as a Sheriff-Substitute. In 1931, he was key in establishing the Cochran Memorial Gymnasium at Kirkcudbright Academy, securing funding from a wealthy American banker with family ties to the town. In 1901, he purchased Broughton House, a townhouse with a garden in Kirkcudbright, where he lived with his sister Elizabeth for the rest of his life. He made various changes to the house and designed the garden, drawing inspiration from his trips to Japan. He also added a gallery to display his paintings. After he passed away, the house and library were given to benefit the community, and the Trust now manages Broughton House. One hundred and eighty three examples of Hornel's paintings are recorded in public collections in Scotland, around the UK, in the USA and in Canada.
Bloch Paula (1937-2010)view full entry
Reference: Series of Five Colour Woodblock Prints on the 1998 Australian Waterfront Dispute, by
Paula Bloch.
A complete set of Australian printmaker and activist Paula Bloch’s woodblock series inspired by her participatoin on the picket line at Port Botany during the 1998 Maritime Union of Australia dispute with Patrick Corporation and the Howard Government. The series documents the artist’s direct experience of one of the most significant industrial confrontations in modern Australian history, in which Patrick sought to sack its unionised workforce in an attempt to break the M.U.A. The complete series is here offered together with 2 variants and 2 original sketch concept drawings. Full list of items: 1. M.U.A. Here To Stay: Port Botany at the Picket Line. Signed and numbered colour woodblock. 2/5 dated 2001; 1b. Colour variant, unsigned; 1c. Original sketch concept drawing; 2. M.U.A. Supporters Stay: Jennie George Reports at Port Botany. Signed and dated 2003.; 2.b Original sketch concept drawing.; 3. Sydney Town Hall Square: Rally of Unionists and Supporters. Unsigned.; 4. Maritime Union of Australia: Protest Meeting at Darling Harbour.; 4b. Black and white variant.; 5. [MUA Here To Stay]. Smaller format: 31cm x 30cm, unsigned. Bloch, who fled Nazi Germany with her parents as a child, wrote of the dispute: “I escaped Hitler’s Germany with my parents just before the war, and grew up with a strong commitment to people’s rights. The waterfront lock-out was such a shock – fascist tactics in Australia.” Her prints combine a personal political conviction with a formal language drawn from European protest graphics and the screenprint traditions of the 1970s Tin Sheds poster workshops. Four of the five prints are held in the National Library of Australia (the present third print, Sydney Town Hall Square, apparently unrecorded.)
[from The Book Merhant Jenkins catalogue, Oct 2025]
Publishing details: Sydney: Paula Bloch, 2001 [2003].57cm x 38cm. 6 colour woodblock prints, 1 black and white print, and 2 sketch drawings.
Ref: 1000
Condoman - posterview full entry
Reference: Condoman Says: Don’t Be Shame Be Game. Use Condoms!
76cm x 51cm. Colour lithograph poster.
Early/mid 1990s issue of the iconic Aboriginal HIV/AIDS awareness campaign poster (the earliest issues captioned USE FRENCHIES! instead of condoms). Originally conceived in 1987 by Aunty Gracelyn Smallwood and a small team of Aboriginal health workers in Townsville, Queensland, Condoman became one of the most successful Australian sexual health campaigns.
Publishing details: Department of Health, Housing and Community Services, Aboriginal Health Workers of Australia (Queensland)
Queensland: Department of Health, Housing and Community Services, Aboriginal Health Workers of Australia, No date. c1987?

Ref: 1000
Smallwood Aunty Gracelyn and Condoman posterview full entry
Reference: see Condoman Says: Don’t Be Shame Be Game. Use Condoms!
76cm x 51cm. Colour lithograph poster.
Early/mid 1990s issue of the iconic Aboriginal HIV/AIDS awareness campaign poster (the earliest issues captioned USE FRENCHIES! instead of condoms). Originally conceived in 1987 by Aunty Gracelyn Smallwood and a small team of Aboriginal health workers in Townsville, Queensland, Condoman became one of the most successful Australian sexual health campaigns.
Publishing details: Department of Health, Housing and Community Services, Aboriginal Health Workers of Australia (Queensland)
Queensland: Department of Health, Housing and Community Services, Aboriginal Health Workers of Australia, No date. c1987?

Bright Henry Barnabus [Harry]view full entry
Reference: AN AUSTRALIAN ELEVEN. COPYRIGHT. FROM THE ORIGINAL DRAWING BY HARRY BRIGHT.
‘Charming chromolithographic illustration of eleven Australian birds perched on a branch, an echo of the Australian cricket team. 

Bright (1847-1896) was a successful English natural history painter. Bright also painted a companion picture "An English Eleven" . They are one of the very few separately issued lithographs of Australian birds published in the 19th century. 

When this print occasionally appears on the market, it is often damaged & faded. With the exception of a very faint mark in the right horizon, it is a superior copy, bright and unfaded with the card quite unmarked. 20 x 7 1/2" on heavy card, with printed title & details, card measuring 25 3/4 x 14". (Jackson, Dictionary of Bird Artists p. 173). Item #18856’ - from Antipodean Books, October 2025 catalogue
Publishing details: UK: c. 1893.
Hoffie Patview full entry
Reference: Pat Hoffie: I have loved/I love/I will love, Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, until February 1 2026.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered
Ref: 1000
Hoffie Patview full entry
Reference: see The Conversation, Published: October 20, 2025, ‘Artist Pat Hoffie’s prints are deeply etched expressions of humanity under duress’ by Louise Martin-Chew
Honorary Research Fellow, School of Communication and Arts, The University of Queensland
Barak William portrait by Loureiroview full entry
Reference: see National Museum of Australia
Mariah Charles, ca. 1895 / by Tom Roberts
Creator
Roberts, Tom, 1856-1931
Published
ca. 1895
Physical Description
1 painting - oil - 38.2 x 34.5 cm
Image
Loureiro Arthur portrait of William Barakview full entry
Reference: see National Museum of Australia
Mariah Charles, ca. 1895 / by Tom Roberts
Creator
Roberts, Tom, 1856-1931
Published
ca. 1895
Physical Description
1 painting - oil - 38.2 x 34.5 cm
Image
Unseen - Art and Crime in Australiaview full entry
Reference: Unseen - Art and Crime in Australia by Penelope Jackson.
‘A riveting look at art thefts, fakes, forgeries, vandalism, ‘disappeared works’ and more
The Australian art world is often host to crime, including theft, fraud and forgeries. Unseen offers a unique insight into art crime in Australia from colonisation to today, focusing on those stories that have often escaped mainstream attention. From the many offences committed against William Dobell’s work (including a painting listed on the FBI’s National Stolen Art File since 1949) to the mysterious re-emergence of Rupert Bunny’s Girl in Sunlight twenty-three years after it disappeared, from fraudulently sold Aboriginal art to climate activists spray-painting a famous Frederick McCubbin, Australian art has been a hotbed of revolt, recrimination and even robbery since European contact.
This is the story of art at the nexus of culture and commerce: art plus money can lead to deceit and dashed dreams. Unseen captures the stories of many artworks, artists and collectors at the centre of our nation’s most enduring art scandals. It also looks at works hidden from public sight, now deemed colonial embarrassments or curatorial burdens, that were once of social and cultural significance. Ultimately, it explores how our conception of artistic value changes over time, and what that reveals about Australian society.’
Dr Penelope Jackson MNZM is an award-winning art historian. She has published three books about art crime, including The Art of Copying Art (Palgrave Macmillan), which won Best Book in the 2023 Art Writing and Publishing Awards in the Art Association of Australia and New Zealand. A former public art gallery director and curator, Jackson was awarded a Sir William Dobell Fellowship at the Australian National University in 2024 and was made a Member of the New Zealand Order of Merit in 2023 for her services to art crime research and the visual arts. She is an Adjunct Research Associate at Charles Sturt University.

Publishing details: Monash University Publishing, 2025, pb, 336pp (16 pages of colour images)
Ref: 1009
Australian Abstraction exhibitionview full entry
Reference: Australian Abstraction exhibition, Macquarie University exhibition, November, 2025 - February, 2026. Curated by Rhonda Davis and Kon Kouriotis. To be opened by Dr Paul McGillick, a writer specialising in art, architecture and design on Wednesday 5 November 2025. 

The Australian Abstraction exhibition series continues its exploration of the evolving nature of abstraction within the Australian context. This second stage retraces the diversity, episodic developments, and layered narratives that have shaped abstraction as an enduring force in Australian art.

What began as an international movement has been reconfigured and transformed by artists working within the unique socio-political, cultural, and environmental conditions of this country.
Artists: Sophie Cape, Julia Davis & Lisa Jones in collaboration, Helen Eager, Louise Forthun, Dale Frank, Michael Goss, Gary Gregg, Sean Hogan, Michael Johnson, Kirtika Kain, Donald Laycock, Ian Milliss, Kyle Murrell, NOT, Louise Olsen, Ana Pollak, Jeannette Siebols, Aida Tomescu, Savanhdary Vongpoothorn and Chris Wise.


Publishing details: Macquarie University, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Lewin John Williamview full entry
Reference: Prodromus Entomology. A Natural History of the Lepidopterous Insects of New South Wales. A new edition of one of the earliest books about Australian natural history, reproducing the text and illustrations of the two earlier editions, together with historical, bibliographical, and publication notes by Julien Renard. The first two editions being bibliographical rarities and extremely difficult to obtain, Renard also provides a census table of known copies.


Publishing details: Melbourne: Edition Renard, 2007.
Third Edition.
28cm x 21.5cm. [viii], viii, 56 pages, 19 coloured plates. Half leather, papered boards, gilt lettering, paper label to upper board. 70 numbered copies (from a total edition of 212 copies) bound in the style of the first issue of the second edition of 1822.


Ref: 1000
Boomerangview full entry
Reference: Boomerang : behind an Australian icon, by Philip Jones
The Aboriginal boomerang has become a mysterious, almost magical, object in the European imagination. But in the process many of its remarkable qualities have gone unnoticed. Theses qualities have made the boomerang a key element in the successful adaption of Aboriginal societies to the harsh Australian environment.
Notes:
Reprinted and revised. Originally published in 1996. Includes bibliographical references (p. 132-134).
Publishing details: Kent Town, S. Aust. : Wakefield Press, 2004, 134 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), map, ports.
Ref: 1009
Damiron Hortense (born 1945)

view full entry
Reference: Christophe Joron-Derem auction, France, 5 November 2025, lot 126: Hortense DAMIRON (born 1945)
Ayers Rock - Australia, 1977
Graphite, charcoal, pastel and gouache on paper
Signed and dated lower right
73 x 98 cm on view

PROVENANCE :
- Prince Murat Collection

birds of Australia Theview full entry
Reference: The birds of Australia by Gregory M. Mathews.
ssued in 12 v. with 5 supplements.
Suppl. 1-3. Check list of the birds of Australia. --Suppl. 4-5. Bibliography of the birds of Australia.
National Library of Australia's SRf set has Parliamentary Library binding except for the second (SR2) copy of vol. 2 which has the special design issued by the publishers, Witherby & Co. This vol. would appear to be a proof copy and has extensive annotations in pencil (presumably Mathews) and pages interpolated in the text with different numbers. It has the spine title: Australia and New Zealand petrels.
Publishing details: London : Witherby, 1910-1927, 14 v. in 12 : col. ill
Ref: 1000
Mathews Gregory M. view full entry
Reference: see The birds of Australia by Gregory M. Mathews.
ssued in 12 v. with 5 supplements.
Suppl. 1-3. Check list of the birds of Australia. --Suppl. 4-5. Bibliography of the birds of Australia.
National Library of Australia's SRf set has Parliamentary Library binding except for the second (SR2) copy of vol. 2 which has the special design issued by the publishers, Witherby & Co. This vol. would appear to be a proof copy and has extensive annotations in pencil (presumably Mathews) and pages interpolated in the text with different numbers. It has the spine title: Australia and New Zealand petrels.
Publishing details: London : Witherby, 1910-1927, 14 v. in 12 : col. ill
Tales and Legends of Canberra Pioneersview full entry
Reference: An autobiography, or, Tales and Legends of Canberra Pioneers, by Samuel Shumack. With reproductions of 8 paintings by Gray Smith.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National University Press, [1967], [3] p. : ports. ; 28 cm.
Ref: 1009
Smith Gray 8 works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see An autobiography, or, Tales and Legends of Canberra Pioneers, by Samuel Shumack. With reproductions of 8 paintings by Gray Smith.
from the Gray Smith website:
When Tales and Legends of Canberra Pioneers was published in 1967, the Shumack family turned to Gray Smith to bring Samuel Shumack’s words to life. Eight of Gray’s Canberry paintings were chosen to illustrate the book, capturing not just the pioneer stories but the spirit of the region itself.
Samuel Shumack arrived in the Canberra region as a boy in 1856, farmed for most of his life, and only began writing after an accident in his 50s forced him to retire. What started as an autobiography grew into a collection of anecdotes, myths, and pioneer stories that painted a vivid picture of early Canberra. My family, the Southwells, is often included in his tales. His manuscript sat in family archives for decades before his sons finally brought it to print, with Gray’s paintings giving colour and form to their father’s words.
I thought I would share two of my favourite paintings from the book: St John’s Struck by Lightning and The Flooding of ‘The Harp of Erin’.
I’ve been to one funeral and multiple weddings at St John’s Church, including one where I was a groomsman. So I thought I knew the church well. But it has gone through a few versions since its first incarnation in 1844.
Gray’s painting depicts one of those early versions of the church in a dramatic moment with the spire exploding, the Reverend running for his life, while a farmer calmly gathers a lamb. While the caption says “The tower of St John’s Church, Canberra, struck by lightning in 1851,” there’s no mention of this event in Shumack’s recollections, nor anywhere else I could find. There’s a reference to the spire subsiding and needing to be rebuilt, but I couldn’t find anything about the spire being destroyed by a lightning bolt — possibly a crIt is certainly a narrative painting, like most of Gray’s Canberry series. To me, a narrative painting prompts the viewer to ask, ‘What happened?’ and ‘What might happen next?’ This simple storytelling approach increases audience engagement. I remember visiting the Van Gogh Museum in Amsterdam. I noticed some paintings had red dots, indicating they were the must-see works if you’re short on time. Most of them were narrative pieces: crows flying from a wheat field; a woman outside her home with smoke rising from the chimney; sowing the field; people eating potatoes. 
BTW, I’m trying to find Gray’s painting, St John’s Struck by Lightning. Let me know if you have any leads.
You can find The Harp of Erin Inn in Flood (1966) at the National Gallery of Australia. The pub was in Queanbeyan, on the floodplain of the Queanbeyan River.
eative figment of Gray’s imagination.
In this painting, Gray shows his affection for ordinary folk caught in extraordinary circumstances. It’s a flood scene, yet it’s not tragic. There’s humour and resilience in the figures, people perched on rooftops, chatting, rowing, helping each other. The composition feels light and human despite the bleak landscape.
It reflects Gray’s eye for community and survival, his empathy for people coping with nature’s indifference.
Gray’s wife, Joan Smith, was the researcher for these paintings. The Canberra Times in 1966 remarked that Joan was “The perfect wife for an artist,” noting “Mrs Smith has spent the past year doing the behind-the-scenes historical research necessary to uncover the subject matter which has provided her husband with inspiration for his 34 paintings.”
Funny how these old stories still ripple through our families. When I showed my mum Shumack’s book, she remembered having a Shumack as a teacher at Canberra High in the 1950s.
References
“Perfect Wife for an Artist.” The Canberra Times, October 13, 1966, p. 20.
Shumack, Samuel. An Autobiography or Tales and Legends of Canberra Pioneers. Edited by Shumack, Samuel, and J. E. Shumack. Australian National University Press, 1967.
You can still buy secondhand copies of Autobiography or Tales and Legends of Canberra Pioneers online.
by Shawn Calolahan,

Publishing details: https://graysmithartist.com/2025/10/22/graCanberra : Australian National University Press, [1967], [3] p. : ports. ; 28 cm.

y-smith-and-the-tales-and-legends-of-canberra-pioneers/
Althouse & Geigerview full entry
Reference: see Althouse & Geiger: How an American duo left a lasting impression on the Australian signwriting industry
David SmithAugust 11, 2023
Publishing details:
https://www.davidadriansmith.com/2023/08/11/althouse-geiger-how-an-american-duo-left-a-lasting-impression-on-the-australian-signwriting-industry/

what [artist’s name]view full entry
Reference: The Scales by What, Blue Mountains Cultural Centre, Katoomba, 11 October – 23 November 2025
Publishing details: Blue Mountains Cultural Centre, 2025 [catalogue detaisl to be entered.
Ref: 1000
Barber Lieutenant view full entry
Reference: see Australian & Historical - Session 2
by Leski Auctions Pty Ltd, November 29. 2025, lot 1366: ARTIST UNKNOWN,
H.M.S. "Cossack" Homeward Bound,
watercolour and ink,
inscribed verso "Australia Station, 1873, Watercolour, Lieutenant Barber R.N.",
17 x 23cm, 35 x 42cm overall.

Fingesten Michel (actually Michael Fingelstein)view full entry
Reference: see Widder Auktionen, Ustria, 11/27/2025, lot 772: MARIANNE FIEGLHUBER-GUTSCHER*
(Vienna 1886 - 1978 Graz)
Church path
oil/canvas 55 x 65 cm
pictured in Fieglhuber-Gutscher, 2022, p. 141, no. 203.

ESTIMATE °€ 1000 - € 2000
STARTING PRICE € 1000

The Austrian painter and graphic artist Michel Fingesten (actually Michael Fingelstein) was one of the most prolific designers of bookplates of the 20th century. At the age of 16 he began studying at the art academy in Vienna, where Oskar Kokoschka was studying at the same time. From 1902 to 1906 he travelled to America and Australia. In 1907 he returned to Europe. From Palermo he crossed Italy and travelled to Germany via Trieste. Fingesten then stayed temporarily in Munich, where he undertook studies in Franz von Stuck's studio. During this time he mainly worked on small-format graphics and caricatures. He then went to Berlin. From 1913 he concentrated on etching. In 1914 he married the buyer Bianka, née Schick. The marriage ended in divorce in 1932. In 1916 his son, the sculptor Peter Fingesten, was born. In 1922 he was busy with the sets of the films "The Shoes of a Beautiful Woman" and "Don Juan". In 1935 he returned to Italy to visit his family in Trieste and settled in Milan. During this time he engraved around 500 bookplates, including: 1936 for d'Annunzio. In 1937, Fingesten's works were confiscated during the "Degenerate Art" campaign in Germany. In 1940 he was arrested and interned as a foreigner until southern Italy was liberated by the Allies. Don Giuseppe Savaglia commissioned him to paint a picture of a saint. This picture is significant not only because it was the painter's last work, but because he returned to painting at the end of his life. Further artists and styles: Oskar Kokoschka, Franz von Stuck, Peter Fingesten
Fingelstein Michael see also Fingesten Michel view full entry
Reference: see Widder Auktionen, Ustria, 11/27/2025, lot 772: MARIANNE FIEGLHUBER-GUTSCHER*
(Vienna 1886 - 1978 Graz)
Church path
oil/canvas 55 x 65 cm
pictured in Fieglhuber-Gutscher, 2022, p. 141, no. 203.

ESTIMATE °€ 1000 - € 2000
STARTING PRICE € 1000

The Austrian painter and graphic artist Michel Fingesten (actually Michael Fingelstein) was one of the most prolific designers of bookplates of the 20th century. At the age of 16 he began studying at the art academy in Vienna, where Oskar Kokoschka was studying at the same time. From 1902 to 1906 he travelled to America and Australia. In 1907 he returned to Europe. From Palermo he crossed Italy and travelled to Germany via Trieste. Fingesten then stayed temporarily in Munich, where he undertook studies in Franz von Stuck's studio. During this time he mainly worked on small-format graphics and caricatures. He then went to Berlin. From 1913 he concentrated on etching. In 1914 he married the buyer Bianka, née Schick. The marriage ended in divorce in 1932. In 1916 his son, the sculptor Peter Fingesten, was born. In 1922 he was busy with the sets of the films "The Shoes of a Beautiful Woman" and "Don Juan". In 1935 he returned to Italy to visit his family in Trieste and settled in Milan. During this time he engraved around 500 bookplates, including: 1936 for d'Annunzio. In 1937, Fingesten's works were confiscated during the "Degenerate Art" campaign in Germany. In 1940 he was arrested and interned as a foreigner until southern Italy was liberated by the Allies. Don Giuseppe Savaglia commissioned him to paint a picture of a saint. This picture is significant not only because it was the painter's last work, but because he returned to painting at the end of his life. Further artists and styles: Oskar Kokoschka, Franz von Stuck, Peter Fingesten
Fristrom Oscarview full entry
Reference: from ADB
Carl Magnus Oscar Friström
(Ruotsi, 1856-1917)

CARL MAGNUS OSCAR FRISTRÖM, olja på pannå, signerad och daterad 1909.
" 'Catchpenny' or Big Mouth Mary, Queensland". 32 x 25 cm.
Obetydliga repor, smärre ytsmuts.
Muut tiedot
Julie K. Brown skriver följande om konstnären i "Australian Dictionary of Biography":
"Friström, born in the parish of Sturko, Blekinge, Sweden, is first described as a sailor in the household records of Torhamm in 1870-76. He probably came to Australia in a ship's crew and jumped ship in Brisbane in 1883. In 1884 he exhibited in the fine arts section of the annual Queensland National Association Exhibition. There is no evidence of any training before his arrival in Australia, and the academic studies exhibited suggest that he may have studied part time at the Brisbane Technical College, or privately.
Entering a partnership, the Elite Photo Co., in 1885 with the Brisbane photographer D.H. Hutchinson, Friström became responsible for the colouring and over-painting of photographic portraits much in vogue at the time. He was also painting some of his first portraits, and beginning to gain repute as a professional artist. Using the name of his company, he exhibited landscapes and portraits, both photographic and painted, at Q.N.A. exhibitions. His youngest brother Claus Edward, first a photographer and then a painter, later in New Zealand, was also employed by the company in 1888. Oscar retained his interest in photography all his life and taught colouring and retouching. At the Centennial International Exhibition, Melbourne, in 1888 Friström exhibited an oil portrait of the Aboriginal 'King Sandy' of Brisbane. He later produced a number of similar studies, especially during the 1890's, often done from photographs. He left Brisbane in 1891 apparently intending to go overseas, but did not go beyond Adelaide, where he set up for a short time as a portraitist, painting more Aboriginals. He was back in Brisbane in 1895.
As one of the few professional artists in Brisbane in the late 1880's Friström had been involved with Isaac Jenner and Lewis Wirth in the formation of the Queensland Art Society, the earlierst of its kind in Queensland. He was on the first committee in 1887 and in 1889. He exhibited with the society in the 1890s, but he and others gradually became disaffected, and withdrew from it. In June 1904 they formed the New Society of Artists. Among the leading professionals who joined him were the architect G. H. M. Addison and the sculptor James L. Watts; Edward Colclough, a civil servant and amateur painter, was secretary for twelve years. When the position of president was created in 1907 Friström became the first incumbent. Although attempts to amalgamate the two societies had begun seriously by 1910, they did not succeed until 1916. Friström played a prominent part in the negotiations and was elected to the council of the new body, the Queensland Art Society. He became president in 1918 but did not complete his term, dying of cancer on 26 June; he was buried in South Brisbane cemetery with Anglican rites.
Friström painted many subjects in several mediums but his reputation rests on his portraits. He painted some of Queensland's leading parliamentarians, professional men, Freemasons and members of prominent Brisbane families. Some of his many Aboriginal portraits are in private collections, art galleries, museums and libraries both in Australia and overseas. The Queensland Museum has a notable collection".
Osborne William Evelyn 1868-1906 in Tate Britainview full entry
Reference: see Tate Britain, Londion:
William Evelyn Osborn 1868-1906
Born London, lived Manchester, London and St Ives (Cornwall)
Beach at Dusk, St Ives Harbour c.1895
Oil paint on canvas
This is a view of the harbour at StIves, Cornwall, with Smeaton's Pier visible to the right. William Evelyn Osborn lived in Draycott Terrace, St Ives in 1893 and at The Terrace, St Ives from 1894-6. Research undertaken by the donor of this work among the elderly residents of St Ives suggests that Osborn frequently needed to exchange paintings for food and lodgings, bartering with his artwork to earn a living
‘Australia in the World’s Art Coloniesview full entry
Reference: ‘Australia in the World’s Art Colonies,
The World in Australia’s Art Colonies’, by Rex Butler & A.D.S. Donaldson, Index Journal, Issue No. 5 Liquid Time, 4.4.2022. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Index Journal, Issue No. 5 Liquid Time, 4.4.2022. [A PDF copy on disc]
Art Coloniesview full entry
Reference: see ‘Australia in the World’s Art Colonies,
The World in Australia’s Art Colonies’, by Rex Butler & A.D.S. Donaldson, Index Journal, Issue No. 5 Liquid Time, 4.4.2022.
Publishing details: Index Journal, Issue No. 5 Liquid Time, 4.4.2022. [A PDF copy on disc]
Claxton Marshall engravings of Indian subjects 1858view full entry
Reference: see Mullock Jones auction, UK, 30.11.25, lot 91: India and Punjab - Sketches of Native Life in India and Sikh Horse, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled Sketches of Native Life in India 1858, from drawings from the sketch-book of Mr Marshall Claxton. The engraving depicts a Sikh Horse, a Calcutta Syce, a Native Woman from Upper India, Sepoy Encampment at Barrackpore, Hunting Leopard Bengal, and a Burmese Harp and Indian Flute. Engraved dimensions (approx): 36cm x 24cm. Light ageing and foxing. India and Punjab - Osman Khan Wazeer to Shah Soojah, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled Osman Khan, Wuzeer to Shah Soojah 1858, from a drawing by W J Carpenter. Osman Khan was employed by the English Government and was in the Fort of Attock when it came under attack by the Sikhs during the Second Anglo-Sikh War. On the settlement of Punjab, he retired to Peshawar. Engraved dimensions (approx): 22.5cm x 16.5cm. Light ageing and foxing. India And Punjab - The Main Street of Agra, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled The Main Street of Agra 1858. The engraving depicts a busy market scene. Agra is a city on the banks of the Yamuna River in the Indian state of Uttar Pradesh. Engraved dimensions (approx): 34.5cm x 23.5cm. Light ageing and foxing. India and Punjab - The Bazaar Oodipoor Rajpootana, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled The Bazaar Oodipoor Rajpootana, 1858 from a drawing by W Carpenter. The engraving depicts a busy market scene with a domed building in the centre. Udaipur is a city in the state of Rajasthan, India, and was founded in 1558 by Udai Singh II of the Sisodia clan of Rajput. It is the historic capital of the Kingdom of Mewar. Engraved dimensions (approx): 24cm x 35cm. Light ageing and foxing (4)
Boyd Lucyview full entry
Reference: Lucy Boyd - Recent Landscapes, Bridget McDonnell Gallery, une 20, 2025 - July 4, 2025. 23 works. Lucy is the youngest daughter of Yvonne and Arthur Boyd and has been exhibiting since 1980, primarily in the United Kingdom, where she resides, and NSW and Victoria, where she is a frequent visitor.
This exhibition features paintings of the Otways and towns along the Great Ocean Road, Port Phillip Bay and the south coast of NSW. Her cloudscapes, seascapes and forests attempt to evoke the beauty of landscape.
Publishing details: Bridget McDonnell Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Whyte Duncan McGregorview full entry
Reference: see Bridget McDonnell catalogue online November 2025: Duncan MacGregor Whyte
Boating on the Lake
Oil on canvas on board
45.5 x 38 cm
Provenance:  Scott Herlan, N.Y; John & Edward Barkes

Duncan MacGregor Whyte, is a Scottish artist who travelled to Australia in 1916 and stayed until 1921. He became involved with the West Australian Society of Arts, acting as President from 1920 to 1921.

Whyte developed a reputation for portraits, landscapes and seascapes, often portraying daily life in Canada, Australia and Tiree Island, where he had a studio in Scotland. He exhibited at the Royal Scottish Academy (13), The Royal Society of Artists in Watercolours (2), the Royal Glasgow Institute (50+), the Walker Art Gallery in Liverpool (4). 
Crawford James Coutts 1817-1889view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: article by Peter Crawshaw and Robert Hannan, follow up to August 2020 issue.
Takuma Jonoski cameo carverview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: article by Mark R, Cabouret, illustrated
Doody John convict artistview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: ‘John Doody, Captain Paterson’s Convict Artist’, by Robert Stevens, p30-47
Eyre John 1771-18?view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: ‘John Doody, Captain Paterson’s Convict Artist’, by Robert Stevens, p30-47
Owen W 1799 portrait of William Patersonview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: ‘John Doody, Captain Paterson’s Convict Artist’, by Robert Stevens, p30-47
lamps kerosineview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: illustrated article by R. A. Fredman
lkerosine lamps view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: illustrated article by R. A. Fredman
matchstick craft at Ipswich Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, November, 2025. Vol 46, No. 4: article by Claire Sourgnes
Baker-Clack Arthurview full entry
Reference: Oil Paintings by the Late A. Baker-Clack, Macquarie Galleries, July 11 to July 23, 1956, with essay ‘The Paintings of A. Baker-Clack’, and 19 works listed.
Publishing details: Macquarie Galleries, 1956, photocopy)
Ref: 148
Baker-Clack Arthurview full entry
Reference: Exhibition - French and Spanish Landscapes - A. Baker-Clack, September 28 to October 8th, 1927, at Macquarie Galleries, Sydney, includes short essay and lists 21 works.
Publishing details: Macquarie Galleries, 1927 (photocopy)
Ref: 148
Pacific since Magellan. Theview full entry
Reference: [Pacific]. Spate, O.H.K. The Pacific since Magellan. 3 Vols: 1. The Spanish Lake; 2. Monopolists and Freebooters; 3. Paradise Found and Lost. with many monochrome illustrations.With many monochrome illustrations.
Publishing details: Canberra, Australian National Univ. Press, 1979-1988, 3 vols., XXIV,372,(1); XXI,(1),426; XXII,410p., maps, ills., orig. unif. cl. w. dustwr. =
Ref: 1000
Oceaniaview full entry
Reference: see [Pacific]. Spate, O.H.K. The Pacific since Magellan. 3 Vols: 1. The Spanish Lake; 2. Monopolists and Freebooters; 3. Paradise Found and Lost. with many monochrome illustrations.With many monochrome illustrations.
Publishing details: Canberra, Australian National Univ. Press, 1979-1988, 3 vols., XXIV,372,(1); XXI,(1),426; XXII,410p., maps, ills., orig. unif. cl. w. dustwr. =
Ref: 1
Schramm Alexander Aboriginal Group on the Tramp 1851view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lot 1:
ALEXANDER SCHRAMM
(German/Australian, 1814 - 1864)
[Aboriginal group on the tramp, towards evening], 1851
oil on canvas
19.5 x 35.5 cm
signed and inscribed lower left: A. Schramm / Adelaide 1851
PROVENANCE
Adrian Mibus and Louise Whitford, Whitford Fine Art, London and Brussels
Private collection, Adelaide, acquired from the above c.1980s
CATALOGUE TEXT
Of all Australia’s colonial artists who took on the challenge of portraying Aboriginal people, whether sympathetically or not, one stands out as particularly difficult to categorise. Arriving in Adelaide from Hamburg aboard the Prinzessin Victoria Luise on 7 August 1849, Carl Friedrich Alexander Schramm was aged 36. The son of a Berlin book dealer, Schramm had studied art in that city and had painted in Italy and Poland. His Boating Party at Treptow, 1838 conforms to a particular variant of Biedermeier art, with ‘theatrical staging, narrow proscenium-like foregrounds and flat patterning that often suggest scenic decoration.’1 Enough survives of Schramm’s German output to indicate that he had begun producing artworks with a sharpened critique of the false ‘idyll’ which Biedermeier art often portrayed. Indeed, his work may well have attracted the attention of German authorities, perhaps accounting for his presence on the Prinzessin Victoria Luise whose passenger list included sympathisers with the 1848 uprisings.

Those hints of Schramm’s attitude become more evident when we turn to his Australian output. His first Australian painting, perhaps the most ambitious of his career, was a large and detailed portrayal of an encampment of Murray River Aboriginal people on the northern bank of the River Torrens – Adelaide: A Tribe of Natives on the Banks of the Torrens, 1850 (National Gallery of Australia). These people had been attracted to the city by the government ration distribution but had outlived their welcome; the camp housing more than 80 people was soon regarded as a public nuisance. Schramm’s picture presented an alternative view of a complex and ebullient sociality. In its crowded but clear delineation it was not so far removed from the Boating Party at Treptow.

That benchmark oil painting established Schramm’s reputation, and he was to paint similar tableaux of multiple Aboriginal figures and scenes within scenes, as if the colonial world had been pushed back and made irrelevant. These sold well, won prizes at the Society for Arts annual shows, and lithographs followed. As these large encampments fragmented, Schramm might well have turned to more lucrative society portraiture, yet he persisted. He did not completely abandon his Biedermeier style – his Bush Visitors series, 1858 – 1860 conveys the same theatrical impression with bright colouring and distinct figuring, but he had also found another way to approach his subject, applying an acid, sardonic critique to the unfolding predicament of a colonised people dealing with their own displacement and emasculation.

In 1851, barely a year after Adelaide: A Tribe of Natives on the Banks of the Torrens, Schramm produced the work under consideration here. A straggling trail of partly clothed Aborigines with their dogs enters the field of view, arriving at the edge of settlement at sunset. One figure gestures towards a small cottage on a riverbank, overlooked by ragged eucalypts. Individual features are blurred by the sun’s glare, shifting the painting’s register from descriptive to allegorical. The group has arrived at the edge of the colony, and we are all familiar with the consequences.

[Aboriginal group on the tramp, towards evening], 1851 is perhaps the first colonial painting to steer a course past the literal, the ethnographic, the scenic, into the core of the colonial impasse. Using variants on this theme in sketches, lithographs and oil paintings, Schramm would confront this impasse repeatedly over the following decade until his death in 1864, aged 51.

1. Boime, A., ‘Biedermeier culture and the revolutions of 1848’ in Art in an age of civil struggle 1848 – 1871, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 2007, p. 471

PHILIP JONES
Publishing details: Deutscher & Hackett,, 2025,175pp
Marshall James Miller Gold Prospecting 1892view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lot 2:
AMES MILLER MARSHALL
(1857 - 1935)
Gold prospecting, near Creswick, 1892
oil on board
55.5 x 40.5 cm
signed and dated lower left: J Miller Marshall / 1892
bears inscription verso: Prospecting for Gold / on the Gold Creek nr Creswick + Ballarat
PROVENANCE
Private collection
Sotheby's, Chester, England, February 1986
Private collection
Deutscher Fine Art, Melbourne
Private collection, Melbourne, acquired from the above in April 1986
EXHIBITED
Australian Art: Colonial to Modern, Deutscher Fine Art, Melbourne, 9 - 25 April 1986, cat. 52 (as 'Gold Prospecting, near Creswick, Ballarat')
LITERATURE
Ingram, T., 'Even in Chester they holler for a Marshall', The Australian Financial Review, 27 March 1986, p. 38 (as 'Gold Prospecting, near Creswick, Ballarat')
Topliss, H., The Artist Camps: ‘Plein Air’ Painting in Australia, Hedley Australia Publications, Melbourne, 1992, pl. 17, pp. 20 (illus. as 'Gold Prospecting, near Creswick, Ballarat'), 186
RELATED WORKS
Fossicking for Gold, 1893, oil on canvas laid down on board, 44.0 x 33.0 cm, private collection, Victoria
Walter Withers, Seeking for gold - cradling, 1893, oil on canvas on hardboard, 67.0 x 49.6 cm, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney
 Australian art history is replete with evocative stories of artists living and working together in the landscape. Think, for example, of the camaraderie of Australian Impressionists Tom Roberts, Arthur Streeton and Louis Abrahams at the plein air painting camp at Box Hill in the summer of 1885, or of Curlew Camp on Sydney’s North Shore, where in the early 1890s Roberts and Streeton found creative inspiration in their rustic but picturesque ocean-side accommodation. Painting outdoors, these artists captured the effects of light and colour at different times of the day and in different seasons, communicating both the appearance and the experience of their landscape subjects.
 
Walter Withers met Roberts, Abrahams and Frederick McCubbin as a student at Melbourne’s National Gallery school and he too was an artist ‘who went out [in]to nature, and made successful attempts to represent her varying moods.’1 In 1893, he and his friend James Miller Marshall were invited to Creswick, a town not far north of Ballarat, to teach a summer school. ‘[They] spent several weeks… holding an out-of-door class during the month of January. Creswick, with its Italian colouring of blue and gold, made an ideal painting ground, and the students were enthusiastic workers. Amongst those who took advantage of this opportunity were Percy Lindsay (then a promising young landscape painter), and, at the evening drawing class held in the [Ballarat] School of Mines, his young brother, now the well-known Norman Lindsay – a schoolboy then, whose remarkable facility in drawing aroused Withers’ wonder and delight.’2
English born, Marshall was the son of a painter who ‘received his early training as an artist at the South Kensington school, but as soon as he had acquired a sufficient grounding in the technical knowledge of drawing and painting… followed the example of the great French and English artists of the new school, painting and studying direct from nature.’3 He exhibited a series of landscapes at the Royal Academy of Art in London during the 1880s before travelling to Australia in 1890. While he primarily painted in and around Melbourne, Sydney Harbour from the Domain, 1893, a watercolour in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria, suggests that he also ventured further north during his years in Australia. Another Lindsay brother, Lionel, who also undertook art classes with Marshall in Creswick described him fondly as a ‘big, bearded simple soul who asked from life a full day’s painting and a pot of beer at eve on an ale-house bench’, and recalled his advice, ‘Plenty of water. Plenty of water and a full brush: that’s the secret of watercolour.’4
One of the notable outcomes of this summer in Creswick was a series of paintings by Marshall, Withers and Percy Lindsay which depict miners fossicking for gold. Among them, a trio of closely related paintings includes this work by Marshall, Withers’ Panning for gold, 1893 and Lindsay’s Fossicking for gold, 1894 (both private collection). Withers and Lindsay depict a lone prospector kneeling beside a shallow creek panning for gold with a cradle – a wooden sieve used to separate alluvial gold from washed soil – and other tools of the trade nearby. Both artists use the familiar blue and gold palette of the Impressionist landscape and emphasise space and distance, describing the long meandering path of the creek towards faraway hills. Marshall’s painting is the largest of the three and depicts two prospectors at work. His colouring is more sombre, with a moody sky above the creek and rocky ground, which is painted in rich shades of burgundy, brown and blue. The pictorial space of Marshall’s picture is also more condensed and perhaps, as a visitor to the country who was unfamiliar with the native flora, he pays particular attention to the depiction of the reedy growth along the creek edge and the gum trees, carefully describing the distinctive drooping habit of their foliage. Fossicking for gold, 1893, now in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia, is one of at least two other related works that Marshall painted at the time.
 
The discovery of gold in the 1850s transformed the Australian colonies, drawing huge numbers of migrants from across the world who travelled to the goldfields eager to find their fortune. The settler population more than quadrupled in the decades between 1851 and 1871, with many arriving in Victoria where, in the first decade of the gold rush, more than a third of the world’s gold was found. Although the peak of the Victorian gold rush was over by the 1890s, as these paintings demonstrate the subject of miners at work in the landscape continued to be one that interested contemporary painters.  

1. ‘Art of Walter Withers’, The Argus, Melbourne, 29 July 1919, p. 6
2. McCubbin, A., The Life and Art of Walter Withers, Alexander McCubbin, Melbourne, 1919, p. 19
3. Table Talk, 24 June 1898, cited in Ingram, T., ‘Even in Chester they holler for a Marshall’, The Australian Financial Review, 27 March 1986, p. 38
4. Lionel Lindsay, cited in Clifford-Smith, S., biography of J. Miller Marshall, Design & Art Australia Online, at: https://www.daao.org.au/bio/version_history/j-miller-marshall-1/biography/ (accessed 23 September 2025)
 
KIRSTY GRANT

 


Gruner Elioth 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lots 4 & 5:
4
ELIOTH GRUNER
(1882 - 1939)
Figures by the shore, c.1934
oil on canvas on board
30.5 x 41.0 cm
signed lower right: GRUNER
PROVENANCE
Arthur Hancock, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne
RELATED WORKS
Beach idyll, 1934, oil on canvas on board, 46.5 x 44.0 cm, New England Regional Art Museum, New South Wales, gift of Howard Hinton
We are grateful to Steven Miller for his assistance with this catalogue entry.
As a teenager, Elioth Gruner was forced to take on family responsibility early due to the death of his father when he was very young, followed by that of his eldest brother when Gruner was sixteen. Such tragedies led to him working twelve-hour days as a draper’s assistant to support his mother whilst informally attending Julian Ashston’s art classes in the evening. This left little time for him to indulge in recreation – of which swimming and body surfing with close friends was a favoured pastime. The resultant paintings of these rare, hedonist moments are amongst the earliest sustained images depicting Australia’s love affair with the beach. Following World War One, Gruner’s focus turned inland, and it wasn’t until the 1930s that he returned to painting beaches and headlands, by which time he had perfected his mature, softly modernist style. Whilst these latter images were mostly de-populated, Figures by the shore, 1934, adds narrative intrigue with its two bathers looking back to the viewer whilst a third sits contemplating the ocean beyond.
 
Gruner’s early beach paintings coincided with a loosening of society’s rules regarding beach bathing; indeed, it was not until 1903 that bathers were officially allowed in the water during daylight hours. Gruner’s paintings between 1912 and 1918 are therefore additionally fascinating as his bathers are already within their environment, totally at home in the sand or water. In works such as Bondi Beach, c.1912 (Art Gallery of New South Wales), the clustered sunbathers have become ‘vibrant and economical studies in colour and tone (demonstrating) a new interest and facility in the simple arrangements of figures in patterns.1 This fascination with formalised design carries over into Figures by the shore with its classicist structure of the two main characters bracketed by trees; however, by placing these figures off centre, Gruner imparts a pleasing informality to the scene. The freshness of the brush marks also indicates that it was painted en plein air, in front of the motif.
 
Gruner suffered from depression and thus was not prolific, often destroying works he felt were not up to his exacting standards. In 1934, by contrast, he was buoyed by the previous year’s successes which included the magazine Art and Australia devoting an issue to his recent work, an act of public support which they had previously done to great acclaim in 1929. This positive affirmation continued when Gruner was awarded his fifth Wynne Prize in 1934 for Murrumbidgee Ranges, Canberra (National Gallery of Australia). In light of such events, it is tempting to detect a joyous purity within Figures by the shore, and in its companion work Beach idyll, 1934 (New England Regional Art Gallery). Whilst both are a welcome return to the figure-beach interaction, Gruner’s overall subject remains ‘the fine and subtle emotional quality of light (combined with a) feeling for design and form which (he) so courageously imposed on his work.’2
 
1. Clark, D., Elioth Gruner: Texture of light, Canberra Museum and Gallery, Australian Capital Territory, 2014, p. 17
2. Burdett, B., ‘The art of Daryl Lindsay’, Art in Australia, series 3, no. 39, August 1931, p. 23
 
ANDREW GAYNOR

and lot 5
ELIOTH GRUNER
(1882 - 1939)
Landscape, Bacchus Marsh, 1930
oil on cedar panel
30.0 x 40.0 cm
signed and dated lower right: GRUNER / 1930
bears inscription verso: LANDSCAPE / BACCHUS MARSH (W. BUCKLE)
PROVENANCE
The artist, Sydney (probably ledger no. 370, as ‘Road with poplar’)
W. G. Buckle, by 1933
Arthur Hancock, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne
EXHIBITED
Exhibition of Pictures from Southern States, Queensland National Art Gallery, Brisbane, 22 July – 16 August 1930, cat. 8a (as ‘A road near Bacchus Marsh’)
Loan Exhibition of the Works of Elioth Gruner, National Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 21 December 1932 – 21 February 1933, cat. 43
Elioth Gruner Memorial Loan Exhibition, National Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 17 April – 31 May 1940, cat. 39, lent by Mr W.G. Buckle (label attached verso)
LITERATURE
Art in Australia, Sydney Ure Smith, Sydney, 3rd Series, no. 50, June 1933, p. 37 (illus., as 'Landscape, Bacchus Marsh, Victoria')
RELATED WORKS
Morning, Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, 1930, oil on canvas, 50.5 x 61.0 cm, private collection, sold Deutscher and Hackett, Sydney, 22 November 2023, lot 27
Werribee Gorge, 1930, oil on canvas on cardboard, 30.0 x 40.7 cm, National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne


We are grateful to Steven Miller for his assistance with this catalogue entry.
CATALOGUE TEXT
Landscape, Bacchus Marsh, 1930, dates from a pivotal period in the career of Elioth Gruner when the many personal painting challenges he had undertaken over the previous seven years coalesced into his instantly recognisable mature technique. It was executed in the same year as two other significant works: Morning, Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, 1930 (Deutscher and Hackett, Sydney, 22 November 2023, lot 27), and the widely reproduced Mitchell River, Victoria (aka Gippsland lakes), 1930 (Deutscher and Hackett, Sydney, 14 September 2022, lot 24). These painting challenges had been triggered by an encounter with the British artist Sir William Orpen in 1923, who criticised Gruner’s technique and design, encouraging him to change to smaller canvases and to utilise a thinner, more pastel-like application of paint. Gruner subsequently travelled to Europe looking closely at post-impressionists such as Paul Gauguin and absorbing their lessons on the flattening of space. Although some colleagues in Australia – most famously Norman Lindsay – were appalled by his subsequent, mildly modernist approach, audiences responded strongly to the new works, and between 1929 and 1937, Gruner added four more Wynne Prize awards for landscape painting to the three he already possessed.1 These included the now-iconic On the Murrumbidgee, 1929 (Art Gallery of New South Wales) shown in the competition in early 1930, a ‘high point of his progression towards creating modern landscape from a plein air practice of direct observation before the subject.’2
 
Buoyed by his success, Gruner undertook an extended drive through the south coast of New South Wales and on to the Gippsland region of Victoria where he painted Mitchell River, Victoria (aka Gippsland lakes), 1930. Following this, he travelled back to Melbourne and by May, was in regional Bacchus Marsh on Woiwurrung and Wathaurong country. Notably, he was in the company of two significant artist-educators – namely, George Bell, who would open his renowned modernist school two years later, and Daryl Lindsay, member of the famed artistic family and future Director of the National Gallery of Victoria.3 This was a working holiday charged with much intellectual discussion and analysis, and contemporaneous paintings by each bear witness to shifts in emphasis and technique. It is interesting to compare Lindsay’s and Gruner’s paintings in particular. Although both exhibit a marked flattening of space, in works such as Lindsay’s Landscape at Myrniong, c.1930, and Landscape at Bacchus Marsh, c.1930 (both in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria), the brushwork comprises stipples of impasto strokes whilst the skies are filled with highly mannered clouds. By comparison, Gruner’s paintings from Bacchus Marsh demonstrate the continuing strength of his vision. In the lot on offer here, the majestic poplar and companion oak provide a central focus, whilst the forked roads lead the eye back to the foreground, bracketed by the boundary fence to the right and two small cottages at the left. However, it is the sensual pleasure that Gruner expresses with his sky and clouds that truly completes the image. Taking cues from other modernist contemporaries such as Grace Cossington Smith (see Gum Blossom, c.1928 – 32, Deutscher and Hackett, Melbourne, 28 August 2024, lot 49), the blue brushstrokes radiate to the heavens, while the clouds on the horizon impart a true sense of reality. Indeed, Gruner himself was also impressed, writing to the critic Basil Burdett that he had ‘painted a sky at last.’4
 
1. Gruner was awarded the Wynne Prize in 1916, 1919, 1921, 1929, 1934, 1936, and 1937.
2. Clark, D., Elioth Gruner: Texture of light, Canberra Museum and Gallery, Australian Capital Territory, 2014, p. 12
3. Lindsay and his wife were temporarily renting a cottage at Bacchus Marsh, see: Lindsay, D., The leafy tree: my family, F.W. Cheshire, Melbourne, 1965, p. 153
4. Elioth Gruner, Letter to Basil Burdett, 29 May 1930 in Art Gallery of New South Wales archives, MS1995.9, 1/17/10.
 
ANDREW GAYNOR

Withers Walter The Morning Ride c1894-1907
view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lot 3
WALTER WITHERS
(1854 - 1914)
The morning ride, c.1894 - 1902
oil on canvas
36.0 x 54.0 cm
signed lower left: Walter Withers
inscribed on old label verso: Phillip Island
PROVENANCE
John May, Melbourne, by 1920
Leonard Joel, Melbourne, 24 May 1973, lot 31 (as ‘Phillip Island’)
Sir Leon and Lady Trout, Queensland
Private collection
Sotheby’s, Melbourne, 22 April 1996, lot 61
Private collection, Melbourne
EXHIBITED
Master Works from the Collection of Sir Leon and Lady Trout, Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 21 September – 14 December 1977, cat. 61 (label attached verso and illus. in exhibition catalogue, as ‘Phillip Island’)
LITERATURE
Withers, F., The Life and Art of Walter Withers, Australian Art Books, Melbourne, 1920, pp. 24, 25 (illus.)
‘Melbourne’s private art galleries. Mr John May’s collection. The art of Walter Withers.’, The Age, Melbourne, 12 April 1930, p. 5
Mackenzie, A., Walter Withers: The Forgotten Manuscripts, Mannagum Press, Victoria, 1987, p. 129
RELATED WORKS
Morning Mist, Eltham, oil on canvas, 62.0 x 73.5 cm, private collection
In a photograph of early Heidelberg, the family home of Walter Withers sits on a rise above the railway line. Titled ‘Withers Court’, the handsome double-fronted cottage is located opposite that of John May, a collector more fairly described ‘as a specialiser, for in the pictures which cover the walls of his Heidelberg home, certainly three-fourths are the work of one painter, the late Walter Withers… probably the most representative group of his works collected under one roof.’1 Indeed, Withers’ wife Fanny noted that this painting The morning ride, c.1894 – 1902, was one which took ‘pride of place’ in May’s home2, and it was also one of the small selection of images which she reproduced in 1920 in a small book dedicated to her late husband’s career. In a newspaper article on May’s collection published in 1930, the writer also singled out the painting for praise as ‘another landscape which gives pleasure… A morning ride, charming in composition, and while couched in a low key, is luminous and full of colour movement.’3
 
Withers rarely travelled far for his subjects and found most around his various homes in Creswick, Heidelberg and Eltham. According to Mrs Withers, The morning ride dates from ‘these Heidelberg years’4, that is, 1894 to 1902, noting also that these small works, usually painted en plein air, captured much that is fresh and appealing in her husband’s best work. Although Withers had painted alongside, and maintained strong friendships with, the artists of the Heidelberg school, his paintings rarely shared the intense light and high key colour seen in those by Streeton and Roberts. Although a strong colourist, Withers’ paintings maintain rather a lower key more akin to David Davies, as seen in The morning ride where the lowering sky casts shadows across the land apart from a small burst of sun on the horizon line. A number of the artist’s paintings, such as Nearing the township, 1901 (Art Gallery of New South Wales), feature travellers returning home and this illuminated patch may easily be interpreted as an optimistic indication of journey’s end. Rather than grand narratives, Withers was drawn to the momentary and commonplace, what art historian Bernard Smith described as ‘an endeavour to capture the ‘spirit’ of the landscape… not to record its anatomy but to portray its soul.’5
 
In 1897, Withers was awarded the first Wynne Prize – which he won a second time in 1900 – establishing him as a firm favourite among audiences and collectors. Following a major commission to paint a series of murals for the Manifold family at their grand western-districts mansion ‘Purrumbete’, Withers left ‘sleepy Heidelberg… with its winding roads, its wooded hills, and quiet village life’6 and moved to Eltham in 1902, with his subsequent paintings all based around that location. He was highly respected amongst his peers, serving briefly as President for the Victorian Artists' Society before co-founding the Australian Art Association in 1912. Plagued by ill-health, Withers died at Eltham in 1914 leaving a collection of paintings that were exhibited to appreciative audiences the following year at Collins House, Melbourne.
 
1. ‘Melbourne’s private art galleries. Mr John May’s collection. The art of Walter Withers.’, The Age, Melbourne, 12 April 1930, p. 5, at: https://trove.nla.gov.au/newspaper/page/18959684 (accessed 4 September 2025)
2. Withers, F., The life and art of Walter Withers, Alexander McCubbin, Melbourne, 1920, p. 24
3. ‘Melbourne’s private art galleries’, op. cit.
4. Withers, op. cit.
5. Smith, B., Place, Taste and Tradition: a study of Australian art since 1788, Ure Smith, Sydney, 1945, p. 121
6. Withers, F., A short biography of Walter Withers, reprinted in Andrew Mackenzie, Walter Withers: the forgotten manuscripts, Mannagum Press, Victoria, 1987, p. 103
 
ANDREW GAYNOR
Russell John Peter Portrait of Dodge Macknight c1888view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lot 6
JOHN PETER RUSSELL
(1858 - 1930)
Portrait of Dodge Macknight, c.1888
oil on canvas
55.5 x 47.5 cm
signed lower right: JP RUSSELL
PROVENANCE
Bequeathed by Dodge Macknight to his sister-in-law, Elise Queyrel, Massachusetts, USA
Thence by descent
Mrs George W. Bruce, Massachusetts, USA
Thence by descent
Private collection, Delaware, USA
Deutscher and Hackett, Melbourne, 29 August 2007, lot 48
Private collection, Melbourne
EXHIBITED
An Impressionist in Sandwich: The Paintings of Dodge Macknight, Heritage Plantation of Sandwich, Massachusetts, 15 November - 21 December 1980, cat. 68 (illus. in exhibition catalogue, p. 4)
Australian Impressionists in France, National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, 15 June – 6 October 2013 (label attached verso)
John Peter Russell: Australia's French Impressionist, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 21 July – 11 November 2018 (label attached verso)
LITERATURE
Letter from Vincent van Gogh to John Peter Russell, Arles, 19 April 1888 (collection of The Guggenheim Museum, New York) https://vangoghletters.org/vg/letters/let598/letter.html
Salter, E., The Lost Impressionist: a biography of John Peter Russell, Angus and Robertson, London, 1976, pp. 75, 95
Galbally, A., The Art of John Peter Russell, Sun Books, Melbourne, 1977, p. 34
Pickvance, R., Van Gogh in Arles, Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, 1984, p. 253
Bailey, M., 'A Friend of Van Gogh, Dodge Macknight and the Post-Impressionists', Apollo Magazine, London, July 2007, pl. 4 (illus.), pp. 30, 31 (illus.)
Fish, P., 'Spring bidding budding', The Sydney Morning Herald, Sydney, 25 August 2007
Jansen, L (ed.) et. al., Vincent van Gogh: The Letters, Van Gogh Museum, Amsterdam, 2009, vol. 4, p. 60 (illus.)
Taylor, E., Australian Impressionists in France, National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, 2013, frontispiece (illus.), pp. 56, 57 (illus.)
Tunnicliffe, W. (ed.), John Peter Russell: Australia's French Impressionist, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 2018, pp. 39, 41 (illus., dated 1887 - 88), 203
When one of the greatest exponents of modern painting, Dutch master Vincent van Gogh, wrote admiringly of John Peter Russell’s portraits as ‘more serious and higher art’, praising in particular ‘such perfection as appeared to me in the Fabian and Macknight portraits’1, he articulated a keen appreciation for the work of Australia’s ‘lost impressionist’ that continues to resonate more than a century later. Occupying an esteemed position within Russell’s oeuvre, indeed the present Portrait of Dodge Macknight, c.1888 not only encapsulates superbly the artist’s technical brilliance and emotional breadth but, as the only known portrait of the American post-impressionist, the painting bears invaluable historical significance as well. With its whereabouts unknown until 2007, the work’s recent rediscovery has been a particularly exciting one for art critics and collectors alike; as acknowledged by the late Ursula Prunster, curator of the major Belle-Île exhibition held at the Art Gallery of New South Wales in 2001 which featured the work of Russell, Monet, and Matisse, ‘I have been looking for this painting for a while...’2
Although not as widely appreciated today, during his lifetime Dodge Macknight was highly regarded by his contemporaries as America’s first modernist and certainly, one of the world’s four greatest watercolourists.3 Discussing his legacy, a critic for The New Bedford Standard suggested, ‘In contemplating an exhibit of Macknight’s work, one should bear in mind that he is an extremist in an extreme school. His work should not be judged merely in the light of one’s own taste, but as an exposition of the artist’s conceptions. Some people call his paintings mere daubs of colour, others designate them as recorded thoughts transmitted through the eyes.’4
 
Born in Providence, Rhode Island, Macknight began his career in the art world as an apprentice to a theatrical scene designer before entering the firm of Taber Art in New Bedford, Massachusetts, a company that manufactured reproductions of paintings and photographs. In December 1883, at the age of 23, he migrated to Paris where he enrolled at the studio of academic painter Fernand Cormon, studying alongside Toulouse-Lautrec, Émile Bernard and Louis Anquetin, together with the two artists who would play a key role in introducing Macknight to the Parisian avant-garde, Eugène Boch and John Peter Russell.
As Martin Bailey elucidates, Macknight and van Gogh first met through Russell in March 1886, the month that van Gogh joined Cormon’s studio, having arrived in Paris from Antwerp on 28 February 1886. Shortly thereafter, Macknight left Paris, heading first for the south of France and later that year for the Algerian coast, while van Gogh remained in Paris for another two years, during which he frequently met with Russell.5 Connected through their mutual status as outsiders in an intensely competitive Parisian art scene, Russell and van Gogh soon forged a close friendship – one that would endure through well-documented letters and exchanges of artwork right up until the latter’s tragic death in 1890. And indeed, it was most probably during these Paris years that the Dutchman posed for his celebrated portrait by Russell which, now housed in the van Gogh Museum, Amsterdam, he clearly cherished; as he would subsequently write to his brother Theo in one of his final letters, ‘Take good care of my portrait by Russell which I hold so dear.’6
On 20 February 1888, van Gogh arrived in Arles and several weeks later, Macknight came to Provence, staying in the nearby village of Fontvielle, north-east of Arles.7 Writing to his friend Eugène Boch, Macknight noted that he had ‘unearthed a couple of artists at Arles – a Dane [Christian Mourier-Petersen]’ and Vincent whom I had already met at Russell’s – a stark, staring crank, but a good fellow.’8 Van Gogh too would recount the meeting in a subsequent letter to Russell: ‘Last Sunday, I have met Macknight and a Danish painter, and I intend to go to see him at Fontvielle next Monday. I feel sure I shall prefer him as an artist to what he is as an art critic, his views as such being so narrow they make me smile.’9 And again, in his correspondence with Theo, ‘I must go and see him and his work, of which I have seen nothing so far. He is a Yankee, and probably paints better than most Yankees do. But a Yankee all the same. Is that saying enough? When I’ve seen his paintings or drawings I’ll concede about the work. But about the man, still the same...’10 Ironically perhaps, van Gogh's brusque assessment reflects more of his own notoriously volatile personality than any real dissatisfaction with Macknight, for only days later he would mention to his brother that he had invited the American to move into the Yellow House in Arles: ‘…it’s not impossible that he may come to stay with me here for a while. Then we would benefit, I think, on both sides.’11
Upon sighting Macknight’s work for the first time, van Gogh was typically gruff, recalling to Theo that ‘…He’s at the stage when the new colour theories are tormenting him, and while they prevent him from doing things according to the old system, he hasn’t sufficiently mastered his new palette to be able to succeed this way.’12 Yet, despite his criticism, the Dutchman was obviously impressed for less than one month later, after having seen various still-lifes that Macknight had just finished featuring ‘a yellow jug on purple foreground, red jug on green, orange jug on blue’13, he executed one of his famous Sunflower canvases with orange flowers in a yellow pot, set against a turquoise background.14 Thus, contrary to the popular assumption of van Gogh as an artistic recluse in Arles, it would seem rather, that he and Macknight were exploring in tandem the theory of disparate colour complementaries.15
At the same time, working with Monet on the remote, storm-tossed island of Belle-Île off the coast of Brittany, interestingly Russell was embracing very similar techniques; as he elucidates in a letter to Heidelberg school artist Tom Roberts back in Melbourne: ‘…No vehicle colour only on absorbed canvas or better on stiff canvas prepared only with glue. Simple colours but strong keep pure as long as possible.’16 Thus, in stark contrast to the darker tonalities of Russell’s 1886 portrait of van Gogh, the present offers a luminous demonstration of the French impressionist technique with the brushstrokes open and relaxed, and the coarse texture weave of the canvas soaking up the paint upon application to reveal the artist’s hand visibly at work. Cropped asymmetrically in a manner reminiscent of Japanese woodcut prints, the vivid white, red and blue-purple palette – shading through a toned white, pink and grey – is at once arresting and harmonious, contributing to create a portrait of great sensitivity and beauty. Closely related to Russell’s highly acclaimed Portrait of Dr Will Maloney 1887 (National Gallery of Victoria) executed around the same time, the portrait moreover betrays that powerful quality of immediacy and informality so essential to the vision of the European avant-garde.
 
Following in the footsteps of Russell and Monet, in November 1888 Macknight made the first of many visits to Belle-Ile where, pursuing a passion for colour shared and encouraged by the Australian, he would produce some of the finest watercolours of his career. In 1892, he married the governess of Russell's children, Louise Queyrel, and in 1897 the couple and their young son returned to the United States, settling in East Sandwich where Macknight would remain for the rest of his life. Although initially condemned as ‘grotesque and uncouth’17 – barbs not unfamiliar to impressionist artists internationally at that time – his work was soon eagerly sought-after and acquired by public and private collectors alike, including eminent art patron Isabella Stewart Gardner, who had a dedicated ‘Macknight Room’ in her house at Fenway (now the Gardner Museum) and the Boston Museum of Fine Arts which purchased its first watercolour by Macknight in 1907 (five years before the first Sargent acquisition).
Returning to America with Macknight and subsequently passed down through the artist’s family before its first appearance on the market in 2007, thus the present work not only offers a rare glimpse into one of the most fascinating yet often forgotten members of impressionism, but notably, is accompanied by an impeccable provenance. In addition to its historical significance, Portrait of Dodge Macknight also embodies the radical avant-garde theories and experiments which, gleaned by Russell through his personal connection with the French Impressionists and Post-Impressionists, so distinguish him from the local movement pioneered by the Heidelberg school. As celebrated French sculptor Auguste Rodin astutely prophesised of Russell’s artistic legacy, ‘Your works will live on, I am certain. One day you will be placed on the same level as our friends Monet, Renoir and Van Gogh.’18
 

1. Vincent van Gogh, Letter to John Peter Russell, Arles, 19 April 1888, letter 598, at https://vangoghletters.org/vg/letters/let598/letter.html (accessed October 2025)
2. Ursula Prunster, in conversation with Deutscher and Hackett art specialists (August 2007)
3. Hind, C. L., Art and I, The Bodley Head, New York, 1921, pp. 98, 100 – 101 & 176. The other three were Winslow Homer, John Singer Sargent and Hercules Brabazon.
4. The New Bedford Standard, January 1902, cited in An Impressionist in Sandwich: The Paintings of Dodge Macknight, Trustees of the Heritage Plantation of Sandwich, Massachusetts, 1980, p. 6
5. Bailey, M., ‘A Friend of Van Gogh: Dodge Macknight and the Post-Impressionists’, Apollo, July 2007, p. 30
6. Vincent van Gogh, Letter to Theo, Saint-Rémy-de-Provence, 5 and 6 September 1889, letter 800, at https://vangoghletters.org/vg/letters/let800/letter.html (accessed October 2025)
7. Bailey, op. cit.
8. Dodge Macknight, Letter to Eugène Boch, Fontvielle, 19 April 1888
9. Vincent van Gogh, Letter to John Peter Russell, 19 April 1888, op. cit.
10. Vincent van Gogh, Letter to Theo van Gogh, Arles, c.25 April 1888, letter 601, at https://vangoghletters.org/vg/letters/let601/letter.html (accessed October 2025)
11. Vincent van Gogh, Letter to Theo van Gogh, Arles, c.4 May 1888, letter 603 at https://vangoghletters.org/vg/letters/let603/letter.html (accessed October 2025)
12. ibid.
13. Vincent van Gogh, Letter to Theo van Gogh, Arles, 29 July 1888, letter 650 at https://vangoghletters.org/vg/letters/let650/letter.html (accessed October 2025)
14. Bailey, op. cit., p. 32
15. ibid.
16. John Peter Russell, Letter to Tom Roberts, Paris, 26 December 1887, reproduced in Galbally, A., The Art of John Peter Russell, Sun Books, Melbourne, 1977, p. 90
17. An Impressionist in Sandwich, op. cit., p. 6
18. Auguste Rodin , Letter to John Peter Russell, cited in ‘The Art of John Peter Russell’, Women’s Weekly, 3 May 1967, p. 34 at https://trove.nla.gov.au/newspaper/page/4832171 (accessed October 2025)
 
VERONICA ANGELATOS

Fairweather Ian 2 works with essays ans related illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lot 12 and 14:and 26

Arkley Howard O.Y.O. Flats 1987 + The Freeway 1999view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lot 24 and 25, with catalogue essay and related photographs.

Tuckson Tony Blue and Red 1958-61view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 November 2025, lot 27, with catalogue essay
Tucker Albert Horned Figure 1966view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 Novemb29er 2025, lot 29 with catalogue essay
McCubbin Frtederick, The Artist’s Son, 1903view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 Novemb29er 2025, lot , lot 33, with catalogue essay
Roberts Tom portrait of Annie Springthorpe 1887view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, Important Australian + International Fine Art, Melbourne | 26 Novemb29er 2025, lot 34, with catalogue essay
Dattilo-Rubbo Antonio Sewing ‘Flu Masks 1919view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 4, with catalogue essay.
Dobell William Helena Rubinstein 1963view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 6, with catalogue essay with related images.
Drysdale Russell Mangula 1960view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 7, with catalogue essay with related images.
Whiteley Brett The Embyo 1965 and otrher worksview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 8 etc, with catalogue essay with related images.
French Leonard The Helmsman 1958view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 8, with catalogue essays with related images.
Tucker Albert Pioneer 2 1968view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 8, with catalogue essay with related images.
Black Dorrit Sicilian Mountain 1928view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 8, with catalogue essay with related images.
Elenberg Joel Maquette for Mask 1979 (cast later)view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 6, with catalogue essay with related images.
Fairweather Ian Public Relations 1963view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 18, with catalogue essay with related images.
Boyd Arthur The Goods Traim 1950view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 18, with catalogue essay with related images.
McCubbin Frederick Richmond from the Yarra 1908view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 20, with catalogue essay with related images.
Anderson William Nichols 1872-1927 The Fedewral Capital Site 1913view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 20, with catalogue essay by Phillip McNamara and Geoffrey Smith, with related images.
Mackennal Bertram Circe c1902-1904
Truth 1894
Diana Wounded 1905
Salome c1895
Madonna c1906-1909
view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lots 25-29, with catalogue essays with related images.
Blackman Charles Playground 1952 and Fete Champetre 1967view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 43 and 44, with catalogue essay with related images.
Bunny Rupert Au Soleil 1915 view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 30, with catalogue essay with related images.
Ashton Julian young woman with parasol 1895view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 20, with 3 related images illustrated in catalogue..
Tribe Barbara Caprice 1935view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 20, with 3short catalogue essay
Fuller Florence 1867-1946 Portrait of a dirl, 1896view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 40, with catalogue essay with related images.
Preston Margaret Cottage Kitchen 1905view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 40, with catalogue essay with related images.
Boyd David - John Forrest discovers a spring, 1958view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, 25 November, 2025, lot 57, with catalogue essay with related images.
Barnett Percy Neville bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Birmingham Karna Marea bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Byrne Harold bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Britton Frederick Christian bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Clive Richard Alfred bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Coleman Constance bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Collingridge George Alphonse bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Crampton Charles Henry bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Davies Lewis Roy bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Dwyer Ella {Eliza) Maggie bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Feintr Adrian bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Ferson Mark J bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Gadson John B bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Godson John Barclay bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Mort Eirene bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Ogilvie Helen bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
O’Harris Pixie bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Oppen Margaret nee Arnott bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Arnott Margaret later Oppen bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Perrottet George David bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Pierson Percy Roach bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Roach-Pierson Percy bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Rigby Alan Pierpont bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Sands John bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Shaw Gerrard Gayfield bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Shirlow John Alexander Thomas bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Sibley Irena bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Smith Sydney George Ure bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Souter David Henry bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Thake Eric Prentice Anchor bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Waller Christian bookplate artist brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Yandell Christian bookplate artist brief biography wee Wallerview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Warner Alfred Ernest artist brief biography wee Wallerview full entry
Reference: see Australian Personal Bookplates. By Andrew Peake. Includes index of Australian bookplate artists who are listed in the book.- over 1000 artists listed The bookplates are arranged by the owners of the bookplates listed in alphabetical order.. Includes bibliography. Includes 4 essays. Lists collections of bookplates in Australia. Includes biographical entries for about 40 artists [these have been entered in the Scheding Index]
Publishing details: Tudor Australia Press, 2000. First ordinary edition. Blue cloth, quarto. signed by author on title page
Topliss Helenview full entry
Reference: see The Artists’ Camps: Plein Air Painting in Melbourne 1885-1898, by Helen Topliss. [’This book looks at all of the 'Heidelberg School' artists and the various sites that they painted in the Melbourne district. It looks at their nationalism, the quality of their works and their themes of 'elegant relaxation' in beaches, orchards and ladies promenading a la mode’] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1984, pb
Artists’ Camps Theview full entry
Reference: The Artists’ Camps by Helen Topliss. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 203-207.
Publishing details: Hedley Australia Publications, 1992, hc, 214pp, in slipcase.
Power John Wardell The art collection ofview full entry
Reference: see J.W. Power: An Australian Avant-gardist, by Ann Stephen, A.D.S. Donaldson. With index.
J. W. Power was Australia's most accomplished interwar avant-garde artist. This first monograph of Power's remarkable nomadic career follows a journey from Australia to Britain, and then around the world. Sydney-born painter John Joseph Wardell Power, better known as J. W. Power, was Australia's most accomplished artist of the interwar years. In London and Paris in the 1920s and 1930s, Power's unique blend of cubism, surrealism and abstraction found an audience in the heart of the avant-garde. Today, he is chiefly remembered as a benefactor whose extraordinary gifts led to the founding of the Power Institute at the University of Sydney in 1968 and the establishment of the Museum of Contemporary Art in 1991. This monograph, accompanying the J.W. Power: Art, War and the Avant-garde exhibition at the University of Sydney's Chau Chak Wing Museum, reveals his singular role in Australian art in the 20th century.
Publishing details: National Library of Australia, 2025, 255 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour), portrait
Power John Wardell The art library ofview full entry
Reference: see J.W. Power: An Australian Avant-gardist, by Ann Stephen, A.D.S. Donaldson. With index.
J. W. Power was Australia's most accomplished interwar avant-garde artist. This first monograph of Power's remarkable nomadic career follows a journey from Australia to Britain, and then around the world. Sydney-born painter John Joseph Wardell Power, better known as J. W. Power, was Australia's most accomplished artist of the interwar years. In London and Paris in the 1920s and 1930s, Power's unique blend of cubism, surrealism and abstraction found an audience in the heart of the avant-garde. Today, he is chiefly remembered as a benefactor whose extraordinary gifts led to the founding of the Power Institute at the University of Sydney in 1968 and the establishment of the Museum of Contemporary Art in 1991. This monograph, accompanying the J.W. Power: Art, War and the Avant-garde exhibition at the University of Sydney's Chau Chak Wing Museum, reveals his singular role in Australian art in the 20th century.
Publishing details: National Library of Australia, 2025, 255 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour), portrait
BIG POWER ENERGY -
Artists and the Power Collectionview full entry
Reference: BIG POWER ENERGY - Artists and the Power Collection. [To be indexed]
Big Power Energy celebrates artists.
The exhibition takes inspiration from the visionary bequest of J.W. Power by focusing on works that are either physically monumental or conceptually bold. Many of the works have not been displayed for more than 30 years, and some are returning favourites.
The Power Collection was made possible by the generous bequest of artist-benefactor Dr John Wardell
Power (1881 - 1943) whose own work is currently on display in the Power Gallery on the entrance level of this museum.
Power's gift challenged the University of Sydney "to bring the people of Australia in more direct touch with the latest art developments of other countries".
The bequest was transformational - it established the Power Institute of Fine Arts, with a dedicated art history library, lectures, events and a press, Power Publications. It also funded the Power.
Collection of over 1200 international artworks, including a significant collection of Yolnu work acquired by Dion Mundine in the 1980s, and later, the establishment of the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia.
Since its founding in 1967, the Power Collection has been inspirational for generations of Australasian artists.
In this 175th anniversary year of the University of Sydney, we have invited 14 artists to each select a work from the Power Collection and to reflect on their choice.
These artists are:
Serwah Attafuah
Christopher Bassi
Richard Bell
Megan Cope
Léuli Eshräghi
Narelle Jubelin
Shivanjani Lal
Lindy Lee
Archie Moore
Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran
Ben Quilty
Leyla Stevens
Angela Tiatia
Imants Tillers
Publishing details: Chau Chak Wing Museum (University of Sydney, 2025 (catalogue details to be entered)
Ref: 1000
Smith Grayview full entry
Reference: Shawn Callahan is writing a biography on Gray Smith (as at 2025) and has set up a site where he is sharing information on the artist: https://graysmithartist.com/ - he would be grateful for any information that would assist with this project..


First | Previous | Record 158001 – 158397 of 158397